axgn-20231231

Table of Content

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________________________________________________________

Form 10-K

____________________________________________________________________________

(Mark One)


☒			ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023


☐			TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to______________

Commission File Number: 001-36046

AXOGEN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Minnesota

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

13631 Progress Blvd., Suite 400 Alachua, FL

(Address of principal executive offices)

41-1301878

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

32615

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (386) 462-6800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

AXGN

The Nasdaq Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer x

Smaller reporting company ☐

Emerging growth company ☐

Table of Content

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. □

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

As of June 30, 2023, the last day of the registrant's most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $314,414,758 based upon the last reported sale price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock as of March 1, 2024, was 43,206,246 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Content

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
PART I

Item 1.	Business	7
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	31
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	59
Item 2.	Properties	62
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	62
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	62

PART II

Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	63
Item 6.	Reserved	64
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	65
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	72
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	73
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	99
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	99
Item 9B.	Other Information	100
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	100

PART III

Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	101
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	101
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	101
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	101
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	101

PART IV

Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	102
	Exhibit Index	103
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	111
	Signatures	112

Table of Content

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, in reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K), in press releases, and in other communications to shareholders or the investment community, Axogen, Inc. (including Axogen, Inc.’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Axogen Corporation, Axogen Processing Corporation, Axogen Europe GmbH, and Axogen Germany GmbH, (the “Company,” “Axogen,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) may provide forward-looking statements, as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning possible or anticipated future results of operations or business developments. These statements are based on management's current expectations or predictions of future conditions, events, or results based on various assumptions and management's estimates of trends and economic factors in the markets in which we are active, as well as its business plans. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “continue,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “goals,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K include, but are not limited to the following:

•Our expectations regarding the timing of manufacturing of Avive+, our expectation to launch Avive+ in the second quarter of 2024, our ability to market Avive+, and our expectations that Avive+ will, and will continue to, be regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act;

•Statements regarding estimates of the total addressable market for our current portfolio, our belief that our total addressable market is comprised of four categories: (1) trauma, (2) oral maxillofacial, (3) breast reconstruction neurotization, and (4) Upper Extremity Compression, and statements regarding estimates of the market for our current portfolio in each of the four categories;

•Statements regarding our belief that there is an additional 10-15% of the breast reconstructions done with implants that can also be neurotized and thus offer us expanded revenue opportunities;

•Statements regarding our beliefs that expanding our products into lower extremity surgery, head and neck surgery, urology, and the surgical treatment of pain could offer us expanded revenue opportunities;

•Our belief that we have enough Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator inventory on hand to support sales through the end of 2024;

•Our expectation that the rolling BLA submission for Avance Nerve Graft will be completed in the third quarter of 2024;

•Our expectation that the BLA will be approved in mid- 2025;

•Our belief that we met the clinical end point required for our pivotal study to support the BLA and that only one study is sufficient to support the BLA;

•Our belief that further innovation and product development is needed to maintain our leadership position and provide expansion opportunities;

•Our belief that additional opportunities exist to develop or acquire complementary products in peripheral nerve repair as well as opportunities to expand our existing portfolio of products in new applications of peripheral nerve repair;

•Our belief that there is a global need for surgical repair of damaged or transected nerves and that a global market exists for our product;

•Statements regarding our ability to monitor product utilization within accounts and generate improved estimated of our revenue by application;

•Our expectation that Scheduled procedure growth will continue to outpace Emergent procedure growth and continue to become a larger mix of our revenue over time;

•Our belief that our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments, as well as cash provided by sales of our products will allow us to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months;

•Statements regarding our belief that following the completion of the Axogen Processing Center facility ("APC Facility") renovation, we expect a decrease in capital expenditures, and thus in the cash used in investing activities; and

•Our belief that the Cost of Goods Sold ("COGS") in the APC Facility will not materially differ from our former processing facility.

The forward-looking statements are and will be subject to risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this

Table of Content

Form 10-K should be evaluated together with the many uncertainties that affect our business and its market, particularly those discussed in the risk factors and cautionary statements set forth in our filings with the SEC, including as described in “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of this Form 10-K and “Risk Factor Summary” included in this Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results may differ materially from those projected. The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on information that is currently available to us and expectations and assumptions that we deem reasonable at the time the statements were made. The forward-looking statements are representative only as of the date they are made and, except as required by applicable law, we assume no responsibility to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

Table of Content

PART I

Table of Content

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We are the leading company focused specifically on the science, development, and commercialization of technologies for peripheral nerve regeneration and repair. We are passionate about providing the opportunity to restore nerve function and quality of life for patients with peripheral nerve injuries. We provide innovative, clinically proven, and economically effective repair solutions for surgeons and healthcare providers. Peripheral nerves provide the pathways for both motor and sensory signals throughout the body. Every day, people suffer traumatic injuries or undergo surgical procedures that impact the function of their peripheral nerves. Physical damage to a peripheral nerve or the inability to properly reconnect peripheral nerves can result in the loss of muscle or organ function, the loss of sensory feeling, or the initiation of pain.

Our platform for peripheral nerve repair features a comprehensive portfolio of products, including:

•Avance® Nerve Graft, a biologically active off-the-shelf processed human nerve allograft for bridging severed peripheral nerves without the comorbidities associated with a second surgical site;

•Axoguard Nerve Connector®, a porcine (pig) submucosa extracellular matrix ("ECM") coaptation aid for tensionless repair of severed peripheral nerves;

•Axoguard Nerve Protector®, a porcine submucosa ECM product used to wrap and protect damaged peripheral nerves and reinforce the nerve reconstruction while minimizing soft tissue attachments;

•Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector™, a porcine submucosa ECM base layer coated with a proprietary hyaluronate-alginate gel, a next-generation technology designed to enhance nerve gliding and provide short- and long-term protection for peripheral nerve injuries.

•Axoguard Nerve Cap®, a porcine submucosa ECM product used to protect a peripheral nerve end and separate the nerve from the surrounding environment to reduce the development of symptomatic or painful neuroma; and

•Axotouch® Two-Point Discriminator, used to measure the innervation density of any surface area of the skin.

As previously announced, we suspended the market availability of Avive® Soft Tissue Membrane ("Avive") on June 1, 2021, to fully engage in a pre-Request for Designation (pre-RFD) process with the FDA. The suspension was not based on any known or reported safety or product performance issues or concerns with Avive. Based on preliminary feedback from FDA on the product classification and regulatory pathway, we have decided not to continue discussions with FDA and will not pursue regulatory approval for Avive. Therefore, we will not seek to return Avive to the market. We are working on developing a replacement product called Avive+ that we believe would not require a BLA regulatory approval and would fall under the criteria set forth in 21 CFR 1271.10(a) for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and the regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271. We seek to launch Avive+ in the second quarter of 2024.

Our portfolio of products is currently available in the United States ("U.S."), and 19 other countries including Canada, Germany, United Kingdom ("UK"), Spain, and several other European, Asian, and Latin American countries.

Revenue from the distribution of our nerve repair products, Avance® Nerve Graft, Axoguard Nerve Connector®, Axoguard Nerve Protector®, Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector™, and Axoguard Nerve Cap®, in the U.S. is the main contributor to our total reported sales and have been the key component of our growth to date.

Nerves can be damaged in several ways. When a nerve is cut due to a traumatic injury or inadvertently during a surgical procedure, functionality of the nerve may be compromised, causing the nerve to no longer carry the signals to and from the brain to the muscles and skin thereby reducing or eliminating functionality. The loss of function can impact a person’s ability to work and perform daily tasks, to properly be aware and respond to their environment (e.g., heat, cold or other dangers), and could negatively impact their ability to experience and enjoy life.

Nerve damage or transection of the type described above generally requires a surgical repair. Traditionally, the standard has been to either suture the nerve ends together directly without tension or to bridge the gap between the nerve ends with a less important nerve surgically removed from elsewhere in the patient’s own body, referred to as a nerve autograft. More recently, synthetic or collagen conduits have been used for the repair of short gaps. Nerves that are not repaired or heal abnormally may result in a permanent loss of motor and/or sensory function. Additionally, abnormal healing can form a neuroma that may send altered signals to the brain resulting in the sensation of pain. This abnormal section of the nerve can, under certain circumstances, be surgically removed and the nerve managed by capping, burying, or surgically repairing the nerve.

Table of Content

In addition, compression on a nerve, blunt force trauma or other physical irritations to a nerve can cause nerve damage that may alter the signal conduction of the nerve, result in pain, and may, in some instances, require surgical intervention to address the resulting nerve compression. Finally, when a patient undergoes a mastectomy due to breast cancer or prophylactically due to a genetic predisposition for breast cancer, the nerves are cut to allow the removal of the breast tissue. This can result in a loss of sensation, the potential risk of a symptomatic neuroma, and could negatively impact the patient’s quality of life. When a patient chooses a breast reconstruction after a mastectomy, sensation and quality of life can, in certain cases, be returned through surgical nerve repair.

To improve the options available for the surgical repair and regeneration of peripheral nerves, we have developed and licensed regenerative medicine technologies. Our innovative approach to regenerative medicine has resulted in first-in-class products that we believe are redefining the peripheral nerve repair market. Our products are used by surgeons during surgical interventions to repair a wide variety of physical nerve damage throughout the body, which can range from a simple laceration of a finger to a complex brachial plexus injury (an injury to the network of nerves that control the movement and sensation of the shoulder, arm, and hand) as well as nerve injuries caused by dental, orthopedic, and other surgical procedures.

Peripheral Nerve Regeneration Market Overview

Peripheral nerve injury (“PNI”) through damage or transection is a major source of physical disability impairing the ability to move muscles or to feel normal sensations. Patients suffer traumatic bodily injuries every day that may result in damage or transection to peripheral nerves severe enough to require surgical treatment. We break our total addressable market into four categories: (1) trauma ("Trauma"), (2) oral maxillofacial (“OMF”), (3) breast reconstruction neurotization ("Breast") and (4) Upper Extremity Compression (together, the "Total Addressable Market").

We previously estimated that U.S. PNI has a potential Total Addressable Market for our current product portfolio and believe it is presently at least $2.7 billion. Estimating the Total Addressable Market for nerve repair is challenging as there is not a simple data source for the incidence of peripheral nerve issues. This is further complicated by the fact that nerves can be injured through a variety of traumatic and surgical injuries and can impact a patient from head to toe. In addition, we believe nerves are often one of many structures injured in a trauma (i.e., amputation) or in surgery and the incidence of these nerve injuries are often not coded or tracked. Quantifying the procedures involving nerve repair may also be challenging. While selected trauma and surgical procedures are dedicated to the repair of nerves, most of the incidence of nerve repair is a step in a larger trauma or surgical procedure. Current Procedural Terminology ("CPT") codes exist for surgeons to code for nerve repair; however, we believe the data substantially underestimates the total number of nerves repaired. Physicians are encouraged to document all steps of procedures, but open trauma often involves many surgical steps, and CPT codes may be inclusive of each other or may not be documented or reported in billing records. As a result, we believe CPT coding underrepresents the total number of nerve repairs performed in trauma. Because we believe CPT claims are not fully representative of the true volumes of nerve repair surgery, we follow an “empirical” methodology to estimate the Total Addressable Market – using published clinical literature and procedure databases to make what we believe are the most objective assumptions.

Trauma

The Trauma portion of the Total Addressable Market encompasses traumatic PNI throughout the body, with approximately 95% of injuries affecting upper and lower extremity nerves. We previously estimated that the Trauma portion of the Total Addressable Market and presently believe it is at least $1.9 billion based upon epidemiological studies regarding the general number of trauma patients, clinical literature review reporting PNI incidence, and physician interviews. We have estimated the portion of these nerve repair procedures due to trauma that would require gap repair, primary repair and/or nerve protection and applied, as we believed was appropriate in each procedure segment, the number of units and average sales price of Avance Nerve

Table of Content

Graft and the average market price for nerve connectors, and nerve protectors to determine the probable Total Addressable Market.

OMF

We previously estimated the OMF portion of the Total Addressable Market and presently believe it is at least $300 million annually, based upon research indicating that approximately 56,000 PNI occur in the U.S. each year related to third molar surgeries, anesthetic injections, dental implants, orthognathic surgery, and mandibular resection procedures. We have applied the average sales price of the Avance Nerve Graft, Axoguard Nerve Connector, and Axoguard Nerve Protector that address such PNI to derive the OMF portion of the estimated Total Addressable Market.

Breast

We previously estimated the Breast portion due to autologous flap reconstructions (i.e. DIEP flaps) of the Total Addressable Market and presently believe it is at least $250 million annually. We estimate that there is an additional 10-15% of the breast reconstructions done with implants that can also be neurotized which provides an upside to the current Total Addressable Market. Currently, when a patient undergoes autologous breast reconstruction after a mastectomy, the patient receives the shape of a natural breast, but often times experiences little to no return of sensory feeling. In certain cases, sensation can be returned to the breast area with the use of our products through an innovative surgical technique called Resensation®. We believe that the ideal breast reconstruction should restore breast size, shape, symmetry, and softness, as well as sensation, without the potential risks and comorbidity associated with autograft. We believe the Resensation technique incorporates a patient's desire for the opportunity to return sensation to their breasts with a reproducible and efficient surgical approach for reconstructive plastic surgeons.

Upper Extremity Compression

PNI caused by recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome and cubital tunnel syndrome constitutes the "Upper Extremity Compression" portion of the Total Addressable Market. We previously estimated that the Upper Extremity Compression portion of the Total Addressable Market and presently believe it is approximately $270 million annually, or 130,000 procedures. We estimate there are approximately 488,000 primary carpal tunnel and 95,000 primary cubital tunnel relief surgeries performed annually in the U.S. We estimate that approximately 97,500 carpal tunnel revision surgeries and 32,400 total cubital tunnel procedures are addressable each year in the U.S. to mitigate the recurrence of symptoms. These revision and primary surgeries are required due to compression of the peripheral nerve associated with soft tissue attachments from the surrounding tissue or tissue infiltration entrapping the nerve. To prevent additional recurrences, surgeons will opt for a Nerve Protection which includes a product such as the Axoguard Nerve Protector. To derive the carpal and cubital tunnel revision portion of the Total Addressable Market, we multiplied the average market sales price of Axoguard Nerve Protectors by the number of estimated procedures.

Although distribution and sales of products in the Trauma, OMF, Breast and Upper Extremity Compression portions of the Total Addressable Market constitute our primary revenue sources today, market expansion opportunities in lower extremity surgery, head and neck surgery, urology, and the surgical treatment of pain could offer us expanded revenue opportunities. We have begun an expansion into the surgical treatment of pain with an initial focus in the treatment of neuroma in our existing call points. The size of the pain market opportunity is challenging to identify as the cause of the chronic pain is often not diagnosed and there has not historically been a surgical treatment to resolve the cause of the pain. We believe the market opportunity is sufficient to apply selected resources to the opportunity and there is a significant patient and societal need to reduce the use of pharmacologic solutions, including opioids.

Our Product Portfolio

Avance Nerve Graft

Avance Nerve Graft is a biologically active nerve implant with more than fifteen years of comprehensive clinical evidence and more than 100,000 implants since launch. Avance Nerve Graft is processed nerve allograft intended for the surgical repair of peripheral nerve discontinuities to support regeneration across the defect. It is intended to act as a structural bridge in order to guide and support axonal regeneration across a peripheral nerve gap caused by traumatic injury or surgical intervention. Avance Nerve Graft is decellularized and sterile processed human peripheral nerve tissue. We developed Avance Nerve Graft by following the guiding principle that the human body created the optimal peripheral nerve structure. We, through our licensing efforts and research, developed the Avance Method®, a proprietary method for processing recovered human peripheral nerve tissue in a manner that preserves the essential structure of the extracellular matrix (ECM) while cleansing away cellular and noncellular debris. Avance Nerve Graft provides the natural peripheral nerve structure of a nerve, including the native laminin, to

Table of Content

guide the regenerating nerve fibers. The nerve ECM is additionally processed to remove a natural inhibitor to regeneration called chondroitin sulphate proteoglycan.

We believe that Avance Nerve Graft is the first off-the-shelf nerve allograft for bridging nerve transections. Avance Nerve Graft is comprised of bundles of small diameter endoneurial tubes that are held together by an outer sheath called the epineurium. Avance Nerve Graft has been processed to remove cellular and noncellular factors such as cells, fat, blood, and axonal debris, while preserving the three-dimensional laminin lined tubular bioscaffold (i.e., microarchitecture), epineurium, and microvasculature of the peripheral nerve. After processing, Avance Nerve Graft is flexible and pliable, and its epineurium can be sutured in place allowing for a tension-free approximation of the proximal and distal peripheral nerve stumps. During the healing process, the body revascularizes and gradually remodels the graft into the patient’s own tissue while allowing the processed peripheral nerve allograft to physically support axonal regeneration across the peripheral nerve discontinuities. Avance Nerve Graft does not require immunosuppression for use.

With lengths up to 70 mm and diameters up to 5 mm, Avance Nerve Graft allows surgeons to choose and trim the implant to the correct length for reconstructing the relevant peripheral nerve gap, as well as to match the diameter to the proximal and distal end of the severed peripheral nerve. Avance Nerve Graft is stored frozen and utilizes packaging that maintains the implant in a sterile condition. The packaging is typical for medical products, so the surgical staff is familiar with opening the package for transfer of Avance Nerve Graft into the sterile surgical field. The packaging also provides protection during shipment and storage and a reservoir for the addition of sterile fluid to aid in thawing the product. Avance Nerve Graft thaws in less than 10 minutes, and once thawed, it is ready for implantation.

Avance Nerve Graft provides the following key advantages:

•A three-dimensional bioscaffold for bridging a peripheral nerve gap;

•A biologically active nerve therapy with more than 10 years of comprehensive clinical evidence;

•No patient donor-nerve surgery, therefore no comorbidities associated with a secondary surgical site;

•Available in a variety of diameters up to 5mm to meet a range of anatomical needs;

•Available in a variety of lengths up to 70mm to meet a range of gap lengths;

•Decellularized and cleansed ECM;

•Implanted without the need for immunosuppression, remodels into patient’s own tissue;

•Structurally supports the body’s own regeneration process;

•Handles similar to an autograft, and is flexible and pliable;

•Alleviates tension at the repair site;

•Three-year shelf life; and

•Supplied sterile.

Axoguard Nerve Connector

Axoguard Nerve Connector is a coaptation aid used to align and connect severed peripheral nerve ends in a tensionless repair. The product is in a tubular shape with an open lumen on each end where the severed peripheral nerve ends are inserted. It is typically used when the gap between the peripheral nerve ends is 5mm or less in length. Axoguard Nerve Connector is made from a processed porcine ECM that allows the body’s natural healing process to repair the peripheral nerve while its tube shape isolates and protects the transected nerves during the healing process. During healing, the patient’s own cells incorporate into the ECM product to remodel and form a tissue similar to the outermost layer of the peripheral nerve (nerve epineurium). Axoguard Nerve Connector is provided sterile, for single use only, and in a variety of sizes to meet the surgeon’s needs.

Axoguard Nerve Connector can be used:

•As an alternative to direct suture repair;

•As a peripheral nerve coaptation; Connector-Assisted Repair®;

P10

Table of Content

•To aid coaptation in direct repair, grafting, or cable grafting repairs; and

•To reinforce the coaptation site.

Axoguard Nerve Connector has the following advantages:

•Processed intact porcine ECM with an open, porous structure that allows for cell infiltration and remodeling;

•Designed as a coaptation aid for tensionless repair of transected or severed peripheral nerves;

•Alleviates tension at the repair site;

•Remodels into the patient’s own tissue;

•Reduces the number of required sutures (versus direct repair with suture);

•Allows surgeon to move sutures away from the repair site which may minimize inflammation and aid nerve regeneration;

•Reduces potential for fascicular mismatch;

•Allows visualization of underlying peripheral nerve ends;

•Available in seven different diameters and two different lengths to address a variety of nerve repair situations;

•Strong and flexible, easy to suture; and

•Stored at room temperature with a minimum of 18-month shelf life for the sizes with 6-layers and 24-month shelf life for those with 5-layers.

Axoguard Nerve Protector

Axoguard Nerve Protector is a product used to protect and wrap damaged peripheral nerves and reinforce reconstructed nerve gaps while minimizing soft tissue attachments. It is designed to protect and isolate the peripheral nerve during the healing process after surgery by creating a barrier between the nerve tissue and the surrounding tissue bed. The product is delivered in a slit tube format allowing it to be wrapped around peripheral nerve structures. Axoguard Nerve Protector is made from a processed porcine ECM. During healing, the ECM remodels allowing the protector to separate the peripheral nerve from the surrounding tissue. Axoguard Nerve Protector competes against off-the-shelf biomaterials such as reconstituted bovine collagen as well as the use of the patient’s own tissue such as vein and hypothenar fat pad wrapping. Axoguard Nerve Protector is provided sterile, for single use only, and in a variety of sizes to meet the surgeon’s needs.

Axoguard Nerve Protector can be used to:

•Separate and protect the nerve from the surrounding tissue during the healing process;

•Minimize risk of soft tissue attachments and entrapment in compressed peripheral nerves;

•Protect peripheral nerves in a traumatized wound bed; and

•Reinforce a coaptation site.

Axoguard Nerve Protector has the following advantages:

•Processed porcine submucosa ECM used to reinforce a coaptation site, wrap a partially severed peripheral nerve or protect peripheral nerve tissue;

•Creates a protective layer that isolates and protects the peripheral nerve in a traumatized wound bed;

•Remodels to form a new soft tissue layer;

P11

Table of Content

•Easily conforms and provides 360-degree wrapping of damaged peripheral nerve tissue;

•Allows the body's natural healing process to repair the nerve;

•Minimizes the potential for soft tissue attachments and peripheral nerve entrapment by physically isolating the nerve during the healing process;

•Allows peripheral nerve gliding;

•Strong and flexible, plus easy to suture;

•Is available in five different widths and two different lengths to address a variety of peripheral nerve repair situations; and

•Stored at room temperature with a minimum of 24-month shelf life.

Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector

The Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is a surgical implant that provides non-constricting protection for peripheral nerves. Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is designed to be an interface between the nerve and the surrounding tissue. Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is comprised of an ECM and is fully remodeled during the healing process. The lubricant coating on Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is composed of sodium hyaluronate and sodium alginate. When hydrated, the lubricant coating reduces friction between the nerve and the surrounding tissue. Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is flexible to accommodate movement of the joint and associated tendons and has sufficient mechanical strength to hold sutures. Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector is provided sterile, for single use only, and in a variety of sizes to meet surgeons’ needs.

Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector can be used to:

•Separate and protect the nerve from the surrounding tissue during the healing process;

•Minimize risk of soft tissue attachments and entrapment in compressed peripheral nerves;

•Protect peripheral nerves in a traumatized wound bed;

•Separate a nerve from metal plating used to repair fractures, and

•Provides tension relief when used in aiding a coaptation.

Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector has the following advantages:

•Processed porcine submucosa ECM layer is vascularized and remodeled by the patient into new site-specific tissue;

•Double-sided HA+ gel coating to reduce friction and enhance nerve gliding through traumatic tissue beds;

•Formulated for optimized handling and flexibility of surgical application—quick hydration, flat sheet configuration and is easy to suture if needed;

•Allows the body's natural healing process to repair the nerve;

•Minimizes the potential for soft tissue attachments and peripheral nerve entrapment by physically isolating the nerve during the healing process;

•Allows peripheral nerve gliding;

•Is available in five different sizes up to 4cm x 8cm to address a variety of peripheral nerve repair situations; and

•Stored at room temperature with a minimum of 24-month shelf life.

P12

Table of Content

Axoguard Nerve Cap

Axoguard Nerve Cap is a proprietary porcine submucosa ECM product used to protect a peripheral nerve end and separate the nerve from the surrounding environment to reduce the development of symptomatic or painful neuroma.

Nerves are often cut in a variety of surgeries and a nerve that is cut and not reconstructed may form an entangled mass of disorganized nerve and fibrous tissue that could cause debilitating pain called a symptomatic neuroma. Neuromas are a potential cause of pain for those patients who complain of chronic post-surgical pain, including in amputees, which may lead to an inability to use their prosthesis. Despite more than 30 different treatment methods, it is our belief that neuromas continue to be an unresolved problem in microsurgery. We believe the Axoguard Nerve Cap can address these painful neuromas and address nerve pain without the complications of traditional methods, including pharmacotherapy and chemical injections, among others. Axoguard Nerve Cap can be used to reduce the development of symptomatic or painful neuroma formation.

Axoguard Nerve Cap has the following advantages:

•Separates the nerve end from surrounding tissue, neurotrophic factors and mechanical stimulation;

•Reduces painful neuroma formation;

•Allows for anchoring of a nerve end or stump to nearby tissue structure;

•Material gradually remodels into the patient’s own tissue to protect the nerve end; and

•Semi-translucence allows for visualization of nerve ends or stumps and easy visualization for suture placement.

•Is available in six different sizes to address a variety of situations.

•Stored at room temperature with a minimum of 18-month shelf life.

Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator

The Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator tool can be used to measure the innervation density of any surface area of the skin. The tool is a set of two aluminum discs each containing a series of prongs spaced between two to 15 millimeters apart. Additionally, 20 and 25 millimeter spacing is provided. A circular depression on either side of the disc allows ease of rotation. The discs can be rotated between a single prong for testing one-point and any of the other spaced prongs for testing two-point intervals. The discs are useful for determining sensation after damage to a peripheral nerve, following the progression of a repaired peripheral nerve, and during the evaluation of a person with possible peripheral nerve damage, such as compression. The Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator is a Class I 510(k) exempt medical device.

Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator has the following advantages:

•Capable of measuring the innervation density of any skin surface;

•Portable and easy to use;

•Strong aluminum design is resistant to bending;

•Bright colors allow for clear discrimination between discs;

•Clear numbering allows users to interpret results; and

•Reusable carry case protects discs.

Avive Soft Tissue Membrane

As previously announced, we suspended the market availability of Avive® Soft Tissue Membrane ("Avive") on June 1, 2021, to fully engage in a pre-Request for Designation (pre-RFD) process with the FDA. The Office of Combination Products has completed its preliminary product classification and jurisdictional assessment of the Avive Soft Tissue Membrane product, with the opinion that Avive is not eligible for regulation solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and the regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271. An HCT/P that does not meet all of the criteria in 1271.1 (a) is regulated as a drug, device, or biological product. As such we have concluded our discussions with the FDA and while the FDA's pre-RFD response does not constitute final agency action, we will not return Avive to the market. We plan to move forward with the introduction of Avive+ Soft Tissue Matrix in

P13

Table of Content

the second quarter of 2024. Through our engagement with the FDA’s Tissue Reference Group (TRG) Rapid Inquiry Program (TRIP), we believe that Avive+ appears to be regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and the regulations in 21 CFR part 1271.

Acroval Neurosensory and Motor Testing System

Effective November 2019, we discontinued all sales of the Acroval Neurosensory and Motor Testing System. We continue to provide service and support for the existing systems in the marketplace.

Tissue Recovery and Processing

Avance Nerve Graft Processing Overview

We developed the Avance Method, an advanced and proprietary technique to process Avance Nerve Graft from donated human peripheral nerve tissue. The Avance Method requires special training over several months for each manufacturing associate who processes Avance Nerve Grafts. The processing and manufacturing system for Avance Nerve Graft has required significant capital investment, and we seek to continually improve our manufacturing and quality assurance processes and systems. Our Avance Method is depicted as follows:

Avance Method Tissue minus freeze-debride info 20240102.jpg

Tissue Processing

Our Avance Method® comprises peripheral nerve tissue recovery/acquisition and testing, donor medical review and release, debridement and other processing steps, packaging, and sterilization to meet or exceed all applicable FDA, state, and international regulations and the American Association of Tissue Banks (“AATB”) standards. Our supply agreements with recovery and acquisition agencies for peripheral nerve tissue and our ability to enter into additional supply contracts, as necessary will provide us with the tissue volumes we require to meet the demand for our Avance® implants. As an FDA registered tissue establishment, we use both our own personnel and subcontractors for recovery/acquisition, storage, testing, processing, and sterilization of the donated peripheral nerve tissue and placental tissues. Additionally, we and our subcontractors, have contracted with independent Good Manufacturing Practice ("GMP") and Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") compliant laboratories to perform testing for product release. The safety of Avance Nerve Graft is supported by donor screening, process validation, process controls, and validated terminal sterilization methods. The Axogen Quality System has built in redundancies that are meant to ensure product release only after such product meets our quality control and product requirements.

P14

Table of Content

Tissue Recovery and Processing Facility

We partner with other FDA registered tissue establishments and AATB accredited recovery agencies or recovery agencies in compliance with FDA, state and international regulations and AATB standards for human tissue recovery. After consent for donation is obtained, donations are screened and tested in detail for safety in compliance with FDA, state and international regulations and AATB standards on communicable disease transmission. We process and package Avance Nerve Graft using our employees and equipment pursuant to a License and Services Agreement, as amended (the “CTS Agreement”) with Community Blood Center (“CTS”) (doing business as Solvita), in Dayton, Ohio; however, we ended our utilization of CTS for Avance in the fourth quarter of 2023 and will continue to utilize CTS in 2024 for processing and packaging of Avive+. CTS is an FDA registered tissue establishment and an AATB accredited organization.

The current CTS Agreement was amended in August 2022, and further amended on December 27, 2023, to extend it through December 31, 2026. Under the CTS Agreement, we pay CTS a facility fee for clean room/manufacturing, storage, and office space. CTS also provided services in support of our manufacturing such as routine sterilization of daily supplies, providing disposable supplies and microbial services, and office support. The service fee was based on a per donor batch rate. The CTS facility provides a cost effective, quality controlled and licensed facility. Our processing methods and process controls have been developed and validated to ensure product uniformity and quality. Pursuant to the CTS Agreement, we pay license fees on a monthly basis to CTS. See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies - Service Agreements."

We have completed renovation of the Axogen Processing Center facility (the "APC Facility") which is comprised of a 107,000 square foot building on approximately 8.6 acres of land. In 2023, we successfully transferred Avance Nerve Graft tissue processing and packaging to the APC Facility. It is expected that the APC Facility, along with the ability for expansion, will provide processing capabilities that will meet our intended sales growth, but we expect to continue to rely on the CTS facility for the processing of Avive+. Additionally, as we move to submission of the Biologic License Application ("BLA") for Avance Nerve Graft in 2024, the APC Facility is expected to allow us to meet the current Good Manufacturing Practices ("cGMPs") required for processing a biologic product. Biologics manufacturing is highly regulated and subject to scrutiny and inspection by the FDA. Any quality or compliance issues, or manufacturing disruptions for any other reasons, may delay approval of the BLA.

We have obtained certain economic development grants from state and local authorities totaling $2.7 million including $1.3 million of cash grants to offset costs to acquire and develop the APC Facility. We have received approximately $1.2 million from these grants through December 31, 2023. The economic development grants were subject to the achievement of certain job creation milestones by December 31, 2023, and related contingencies We requested and received an extension from the grant authorities to extend the job creation milestones evaluation date to December 31, 2024, and the expiration date to December 31, 2026. See "Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies - Service Agreements."

Tissue Packaging

After processing, the packaging operation is performed in a controlled environment at the APC Facility or the CTS facility. Each Avance Nerve Graft is visually inspected and organized by size into finished product codes. The tissue implant is then packaged in primary packaging. The outer pouch acts as the primary sterility and moisture barrier.

Tissue Sterilization and Labeling

After being processed and packaged, Avance Nerve Graft is then terminally sterilized at a contract sterilization facility. After sterilization, Avance Nerve Graft is shipped back to Axogen where the product lot will undergo quality review to ensure the lot meets specifications and then final packaging and labeling. Orders for Avance Nerve Graft are placed with our customer care team, and the products are packaged and shipped from our distribution facilities.

Tissue Product Release

We have established quality procedures for review of tissue recovery, relevant donor medical record review, and release to processing that meet or exceed FDA requirements as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations ("CFR") 21 CFR Part 1271, state regulations, international regulations, and AATB standards. The Axogen Quality System meets the requirements set forth under 21 CFR Part 1271 for Human Cells, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products, including Good Tissue Practices (“GTP”) and is compliant with the 21 CFR Part 820 Quality System Regulations (“QSR”). Furthermore, we utilize validated processes for the handling of raw material components, environmental control, processing, packaging, and terminal sterilization. In addition to ongoing monitoring activities for product conformity to specifications and sterility, shipping methods have been validated in accordance with applicable industry standards.

P15

Table of Content

Manufacturing of Our Medical Device Classified Products

Manufacturing for the Axoguard Product Line

The Axoguard product line is manufactured by Cook Biotech Incorporated, in West Lafayette, Indiana (“Cook Biotech”), which was established in 1995 to develop and manufacture implants utilizing porcine ECM. . On January 31, 2024, RTI Surgical, Inc. announced the acquisition of Cook Biotech; we do not expect this acquisition to have a material impact on our relationship with Cook Biotech or our operations. We decided to expand our portfolio of products and felt that the unique ECM material offered by Cook Biotech provided the combination of properties needed in nerve reconstruction. Cook Biotech’s ECM material is pliable, capable of being sutured, and translucent and allows the patient’s own cells to incorporate into the ECM to remodel and form a tissue similar to the nerve’s epineurium. Cook Biotech has its own source of the raw material for the ECM material and manufactures Axoguard products from such sources.

Axoguard Nerve Connector and Nerve Protector

In August 2008, we entered into an agreement with Cook Biotech, amended in February 2012, October 10, 2014, and February 26, 2018, and August 4, 2023 (the “Distribution Agreement”), to distribute its ECM technology in the form of the Surgisis® Nerve Cuff, the form of a nerve wrap or patch, or any other mutually agreed to configuration. The Surgisis products were rebranded under our Axoguard name and consist of the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector. Our distribution rights are worldwide in the field of the peripheral and central nervous system but excluding use of the products in the oral cavity for endodontic and periodontal applications and OMF surgery solely as they relate to dental, soft or hard tissue repair, or reconstruction. We believe the exclusion does not limit our identified OMF market, but expansion into certain additional OMF market areas could be limited to our other products not subject to the Distribution Agreement.

Axoguard Nerve Cap and Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector

We developed, filed several patent applications, and, on August 8, 2017, obtained FDA 510K regulatory clearance for the Axoguard Nerve Cap. We developed, filed several patent application, and, on April 7, 2023, obtained FDA 510K regulatory clearance for the Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector and a second 510K regulatory clearance expanding the indication for use of Axoguard HA+ on October 12, 2023. These devices are made with Cook Biotech’s ECM material. Pursuant to the Nerve End Cap Supply Agreement dated June 27, 2017 (the “Supply Agreement”), as amended on April 6, 2020, and August 4, 2023, (the "Amended Supply Agreement"), Cook Biotech is the exclusive contract manufacturer of the Axoguard Nerve Cap and both parties have provided the other party the necessary licenses to their technologies for operation of the Amended Supply Agreement. Pursuant to the Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector Supply Agreement dated May 2, 2023, Cook Biotech is the exclusive contract manufacturer of Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector and both parties have provided the other party with the necessary licenses to their technologies for operation under the agreement Consistent with Axoguard Connectors and Axoguard Protectors, we are able to sell the Axoguard Nerve Cap and Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector worldwide in the field of the peripheral and central nervous system, but subject to the same exclusions as Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector.

The Distribution Agreement terminates on December 31, 2030. Although the agreement requires certain minimum purchases, through mutual agreement, the parties have not established such minimums and to date have not enforced such provision. The Distribution Agreement also establishes a formula for the transfer cost of the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector. The Amended Supply Agreement has a term through December 31, 2030.

Manufacturing for the Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator

The Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator was contract manufactured by Viron Technologies, doing business as Cybernetics Research Laboratories (“CRL”), in Tucson, Arizona. CRL supplied the Axotouch unpackaged, and they are packaged at our distribution facility in Burleson, Texas. We believe we have enough inventory on hand to support sales through the end of 2024.

Sales and Marketing

Overview

We are focused on developing the peripheral nerve repair and regeneration market, committed to improving awareness of new surgical peripheral nerve repair options and building additional scientific and clinical data to assist surgeons and patients in making informed choices with respect to the repair of peripheral nerve injuries. We believe that there is an opportunity to

P16

Table of Content

improve current approaches to peripheral nerve repair and that our approach will solidify our position as a leader in the field of peripheral nerve repair products. The following provides the key elements of our sales and marketing strategy.

Increase Awareness of Our Products

Prior to the introduction of our portfolio of peripheral nerve repair products, surgeons had a limited number of options available to surgically repair damaged or transected peripheral nerves. We entered the market to improve the standard of care for nerve injury patients. We intend to increase market penetration and share by increasing awareness of the impact of nerve damage on quality of life and improving the adoption of nerve repair techniques and our products through the continued use of educational conferences and presentations, surgical resident and fellow training, scientific publications, digital communication, and a knowledgeable and professional sales team. We work to increase the use of our products within active accounts as well as expand the overall customer base by adding new active accounts. We define an active account as an account that has typically gone through the committee approval process, has at least one surgeon who has converted a portion of his or her treatment algorithms for peripheral nerve repair to our portfolio and have ordered our products at least six times in the last 12 months. As our business continues to grow, we have transitioned to reporting a new account metric that we believe demonstrates the strength of adoption and potential revenue growth in accounts that have developed a more consistent use of our products in their nerve repair algorithm. We refer to these as core accounts which are defined as accounts that have purchased at least $100,000 in the past 12 months. We are focused on plastic reconstructive surgeons and orthopedic and plastic hand surgeons who perform surgeries on patients suffering traumatic nerve damage or transection, on oral and maxillofacial surgeons who repair damaged oral nerves, and on plastic reconstructive surgeons who perform breast neurotization.

Expand Clinical and Scientific Data Regarding the Performance of Our Products

Generating clinical data is an important component of our marketing strategy. As of December 31, 2023, there have been over two hundred peer reviewed clinical publications related to our products. Certain of these publications contain data on multiple products. There are more than 2,800 Avance Nerve Graft repairs enrolled to date in our RANGER® clinical study (defined below in “Government Regulations”), a utilization registry of Avance Nerve Graft. Enrollment and follow-up in the Avance Nerve Graft arm of RANGER was completed in December 2023 along with the RANGER Addendum 1 arm, MATCH, evaluating autograft and conduit nerve repair treatment options. Ongoing analyses from these studies are underway. An additional arm of the RANGER study has been initiated and continues to enroll, tracking neurotization outcomes in breast reconstruction (Sensation-NOW®). Eleven of the above-mentioned publications and more than 70 scientific conference presentations have been generated to date from the registry. Enrollment is being discontinued in Rethink Pain™, a multicenter observational registry in the area of nerve pain and the surgical treatment of pain due to the challenges of patient enrollment, and emerging evidence in the chronic pain space. Enrollment was initiated in COVERED, a multi-center series of protection with Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector. A number of additional investigator-initiated case reports, studies, and publications have been completed, including breast neurotization, mandible reconstruction, compressive neuropathies, and the surgical treatment of pain. Case series in brachial plexus, neurotization of breast reconstruction, compression injuries and the surgical treatment of pain are also being developed. We also support outside research and will continue to work with investigators on grants with a translational focus.

RECON, a phase 3, pivotal, multicenter, prospective, randomized, comparative study of hollow tube conduits and Avance Nerve Graft to support the transition of Avance Nerve Graft to a biological product has completed enrollment, follow-up, and analysis with the first peer reviewed publication from this study. See “Government Regulations – Clinical Trials.” The pilot phase of REPOSE, a multicenter, prospective, randomized, and subject blinded study of Axoguard Nerve Cap as compared to neurectomy alone for the treatment of symptomatic neuroma, has published and the comparative phase has completed enrollment and follow-up. Enrollment is underway in REPOSE XL, a study titled, Tolerability and Feasibility Pilot Clinical Study of a Large-Diameter Nerve Cap for Protecting and Preserving Terminated Nerve Ends.

Commitment to the Education of Best Practices in Peripheral Nerve Repair

We have established educational conferences and presentations and surgical resident and fellow training that we believe have positioned us as a leader in providing peripheral nerve repair best practices. In 2023, we trained more than three-quarters of hand and microsurgery surgeon fellows in the U.S. through such courses and training. We have historically provided education on peripheral nerve repair through in-person national programs, including its “Advances and Best Practices in Nerve Repair” as well as local and regional educational events. In 2023, we offered multiple educational programs including virtual and in-person surgeon education programs.

P17

Table of Content

Focused on developing deeper penetration with our existing accounts through development of long-term users of our algorithm in our largest market opportunity of extremity trauma

We provide full sales and distribution services. As of December 31, 2023, we had 115 direct sales professionals in the U.S. Our direct sales force continues to be supplemented by independent sales agencies that represent approximately 10% of our total revenue. We believe that near-term growth can be supported first through expanded productivity of our existing sales force as they go into more depth with existing accounts and then by adding additional accounts. We expect the number of direct sales professionals to increase over time. Additionally, we have successfully utilized a hybrid commercial approach that includes the use of independent agencies in more remote geographies to provide appropriate local support for surgeons, without the travel time required of a direct sales representative.

Our products are available and sold in 19 countries outside the U.S. through a number of independent in-country distributors. We provide support and resources for independent agencies and distributors both within and outside the U.S. We provide our products to hospitals, surgery centers and military hospitals, calling on surgeons, including plastic reconstructive surgeons, orthopedic and plastic hand surgeons, and certain oral and maxillofacial surgeons to review the benefits of our products. While surgeons make the decision to implant our products in appropriate patients, hospitals make the decision to purchase the products from us. In today’s budget constrained environment, hospital committees review new technologies for cost effectiveness as well as quality. We believe that we have been successful in meeting the needs of these hospital committees by demonstrating the cost/benefit of our products and providing a fair value to the hospital.

Expand the Product Pipeline and Applications in Peripheral Nerve Repair

We have developed and continue to develop new and next generation products to support surgeons in their needs for repairing damaged or transected peripheral nerves. We believe additional opportunities exist to develop or acquire complementary products in peripheral nerve repair. In addition, there are opportunities to expand the existing portfolio of products in new applications of peripheral nerve repair in applications such as lower extremity surgery, head and neck surgery, urology, and the surgical treatment of pain.

Avance Nerve Graft Performance

We have worked with leading institutions, researchers, and surgeons to support innovation in the field of surgical peripheral nerve repair. We believe our RANGER study (defined below in “Government Regulations”) is the largest multi-center clinical study conducted in peripheral nerve gap repair with over 2,800 enrolled repairs. We have completed the RECON study (defined below in "Axogen Clinical Trials"). This study is a phase 3 trial to support our BLA for the Avance Nerve Graft. See “Government Regulations - Clinical Trials - Axogen Clinical Trials.”

International Opportunity for Revenue

We currently focus primarily on the U.S. market, with additional foreign distribution and sales in Canada, Germany, UK, Spain, and several other European, Asian and Latin American countries. The need for the surgical repair of damaged or transected nerves is a global opportunity. Through our revenue outside the U.S., we have demonstrated the capability to take our current peripheral nerve repair surgical portfolio into new geographical markets. We currently have European Union (“E.U.”) wide registration only for Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector as approval/registration for Avance Nerve Graft as human tissue is required in each individual country. Avance Nerve Graft has been granted marketing authorization in Germany and direct commercial operations began in 2022. Currently, Axoguard Nerve Cap is available in the US and New Zealand while Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator is available in the U.S. and Canada. Introduction of our products into foreign markets is subject to meeting the appropriate regulatory standards of particular countries and any appropriate regional regulation or directive. In addition to regulatory approval, reimbursement approval is necessary to achieve material product adoption in most countries. Avance Nerve graft has achieved NICE approval in the UK for digital nerve repair and reimbursement approval in South Korea for repairs up to 50mm in length for sensory nerves when an autograft is not possible. To date, revenue from international distribution and sales have not been material, there are no material risks associated with foreign operations, and we do not have dependencies as to international revenue. See " Item 1A. Risk Factors – Our operations must comply with FDA and other governmental requirements."

Research and Development

We believe that we provide the most extensive product portfolio for peripheral nerve injuries available. Our current development focus is to expand clinical data in peripheral nerve repair surgical applications, to develop product line extensions of the Avance and Axoguard products, and to develop new technologies/products for peripheral nerve repair.

P18

Table of Content

We work with academic institutions in the expansion of treatments for peripheral nerve and are involved in a number of grants from government agencies related to nerve repair or use of our products and/or technologies. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we spent approximately $28.3 million on total research and development expenses for product and clinical development, including expenses related to the transition of Avance Nerve Graft to a biological product.

Competition

The medical device and biotechnology industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition, and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. As such, we cannot predict what products may be offered in the future that may compete with our products. In the peripheral nerve repair market, we compete primarily against all transected and non-transected peripheral nerve repair approaches, including direct suture repair, autograft, and hollow-tube nerve conduits and materials used to wrap and protect damaged peripheral nerve tissue.

Because the requirements of the biomaterials used in peripheral nerve repair can vary based on the severity and location of the damaged nerve, the size and function of the nerve, surgical technique, and patient preference, our peripheral nerve repair products compete against both autograft materials (nerve in the case of a bridging repair and vein or fat in the case of a nerve protection repair), and a limited number of off-the-shelf alternatives for repairing and protecting. Competitive aspects of our products focus on their overall value proposition and suitability for specific applications and can include composition and structure of the material, ease of use, clinical evidence, handling, and price. Our major competitors for off-the-shelf repair options in hollow-tube conduits and bio-absorbable wraps are Integra LifeSciences Holding Corporation, Baxter International, Inc., and Stryker Corporation.

We believe any current or future competitors face the following important barriers to market entry as it relates to its peripheral nerve repair products. Our intellectual property (“IP”), and that of our partners, including patents, patents-pending, trade secrets, and unique, internal subject matter expertise, is believed to be an important barrier for our Avance Nerve Graft and Axoguard products. We have developed knowledge and experience in understanding and meeting FDA regulatory requirements for Avance Nerve Graft, including having made a substantial investment in conducting the pre-clinical and clinical testing necessary to support a submission for an FDA BLA. Additionally, we believe our ability to offer a portfolio of products focused on peripheral nerve repair and the breadth of clinical data associated with the products provides a unique competitive position versus other entities that do not have this breadth of product offering. However, due to our limited resources, our smaller size, and our relatively early stage, we believe we may face competitive challenges from larger entities and market factors that could negatively impact our growth, including competitors’ introduction of new products and competitors’ bundling of products to achieve pricing benefits. (See “Item 1A. Risk Factors – Technological change and competition for newly developed products could reduce demand for our products”; “Risk Factors –– Our operating results could be adversely impacted if we are unable to effectively manage and sustain our future growth or scale our operations”).

Intellectual Property

Overview

We protect our IP through a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and copyrights. In addition, we safeguard our trade secrets and other confidential know-how, and carefully protect these and other IP rights when engaging with third parties. For example, we require vendors, contract organizations, consultants, advisors, and employees to execute confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and to appropriately protect any information disclosed to them by us so as to preserve confidential and/or trade secret status. We also require consultants, advisors, and employees to assign their rights to any IP arising out of their relationship with us to us.

License Agreements

We have entered into license agreements with the University of Florida Research Foundation (the "UFRF") and the University of Texas at Austin ("UTA"). Under the terms of these license agreements, we hold exclusive worldwide licenses to underlying technologies used by us in our Avance Nerve Graft. The license agreements include the right to certain patents and patents pending in the US and international markets. The effective term of the license agreements extends through the term of the related patents. The patents for which royalty obligations exist under the UFRF license agreement expired in December 2023, and the UTA license agreement expired when the last patents licensed thereunder expired in September 2023.

P19

Table of Content

Patents

As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we own about twenty-five issued U.S. patents, more than forty-five pending U.S. patent applications (including those for which we have received a notice of allowance) and nearly two hundred and fifty international patents and patent applications with regard to our peripheral nerve products and other related technologies.

In connection with our Avance Nerve Graft, per Section 351(k)(7) and 351(i)(4) of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act, from the date of BLA approval, Avance Nerve Graft we believe we will have a period of 12 years of exclusivity in the U.S. from commercial competition from biosimilars using Avance as the reference product. Finally, we have Enforcement Discretion from the FDA regarding continued distribution under controls applicable to Human Cellular and Tissue-based Products (“HCT/Ps”) with an agreed transition plan to a BLA. We believe a competitive processed peripheral nerve allograft (non-biosimilar) would need to successfully complete BLA Phase I, II and III clinical studies prior to clinical release, the completion of which we believe would take at least eight years.

Each of Axogen’s other products in the United States and abroad, is also protected by multiple patents and local laws providing protection for intellectual property, which provides further barriers to entry for potentially competitive products. Axogen’s Axoguard Nerve Cap is protected by numerous issued Axogen patents in the United States and globally. Additional allowed Axogen patent applications, as well as other pending Axogen patent applications that are expected to issue in the United States and abroad, will provide further protection of Axoguard Nerve Cap and thus act as additional obstacles to the commercial introduction of competitive products. Our Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector, is also the subject of numerous allowed and pending Axogen patent applications in the United States and abroad. The potential for products competitive with Axogen’s Axoguard line of products, including our Axoguard Nerve Connector and Nerve Protector, is further encumbered by the additional intellectual property protections related to their methods of manufacture, as discussed further below in the Trade Secrets section. Axogen’s Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator is protected by a design patent.

Our policy is to seek patent protection for, or where strategically preferable, maintain as trade secret, the inventions that we consider important to our products and the development of our business. We have sought, and will continue to seek, patent protection for select proprietary technologies and other inventions emanating from our research and development ("R&D"), including with respect to uses, methods, and compositions, in an effort to further fortify our IP stronghold in areas of importance to us and our growing product portfolio. In instances that patent protection is not possible, product value to our portfolio can still be derived.

Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Copyrights

We hold a significant portfolio of hundreds of registered and applied-for trademarks in the U.S. and worldwide. Protection of our trademarks allows us to prevent competitors from, for example, using the same or a confusingly similar company name, or the same or confusingly similar product names within identified classes of goods that could otherwise wrongfully allow such competitors to capitalize on our brand, reputation, and goodwill, and thereby improperly bolster their sales or reputations through, for example, consumer confusion, a false indication of our endorsement, or of a false indication of corporate or contractual relationship with us. We police and enforce our marks.

We possess trade secrets and material know-how in the following general subject matters: nerve and tissue processing, nerve repair, product testing methods, and pre-clinical and clinical expertise. We have registered copyrights for training tools and artistic renderings. Additionally, we entered into the Distribution Agreement and Supply Agreement with Cook Biotech for the Axoguard products. Cook Biotech believes it has know-how and trade secrets with respect to its ECM technology that provides certain additional competitive obstacles to third parties, in addition to those obstacles existing in view of Axogen-owned IP.

Government Regulations

U.S. Government Regulation Overview

Our products are subject to regulation throughout their lifecycle by the FDA, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the U.S. and comparable authorities in other countries. In addition, our Avance Nerve Graft must comply with the standards of the tissue bank industry’s accrediting organization, the AATB.

We distribute Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector products for Cook Biotech, and Cook Biotech is responsible for the regulatory compliance of these products. These Axoguard products are regulated as medical devices and subject to pre-market notification requirements under section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FD&C Act”), 21 CFR Part 820 (“Quality System Regulation”), and related laws and regulations. Cook Biotech has obtained a 510(k) pre-market clearance for Axoguard Nerve Connector from the FDA for the use of porcine small intestine submucosa for

P20

Table of Content

the repair of peripheral nerve transections where gap closure can be achieved by flexion of the extremity. Cook Biotech has also obtained a 510(k) pre-market clearance for Axoguard Nerve Protector for the repair of peripheral nerve damage in which there is no gap or where a gap closure is achieved by flexion of the extremity. We sell the 510(k) cleared devices under the trade names Axoguard Nerve Protector and Axoguard Nerve Connector.

We are the specification developer and authorization holder of the Axoguard Nerve Cap product, which is classified by the FDA as a Class II device. The Axoguard Nerve Cap was cleared for market under 510(k) K163446. It is classified by FDA under 21 CFR 882.5275 (Nerve Cuff, product code: JXI). Cook Biotech is the contract manufacturer for our Axoguard Nerve Cap product, and we are responsible for the regulatory compliance, distribution, and sale of this product.

We are the specification developer and authorization holder of the Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector (HA+) product, which is classified by the FDA as a Class II device. HA+ was cleared for market under 510(k) K223640 on April 7, 2023, and a second 510(k) K231708 regulatory clearance was obtained on October 12th expanding the indication for use of HA+. The products are classified by FDA under 21 CFR 882.5275 (Nerve Cuff, product code: JXI). Cook Biotech is the contract manufacturer, and we are responsible for the regulatory compliance, distribution, and sale of this product. On January 31, 2024, RTI Surgical, Inc. announced the acquisition of Cook Biotech; we do not expect the acquisition of Cook Biotech to have a material impact on our relationship with Cook Biotech or our operations.

We also distribute the Axotouch Two-Point Discriminator. This device is manufactured for us and distributed from the Burleson Facility. It is a Class I device (general controls) that is exempt from pre-market notification and the Quality System Regulation requirements except for the Recordkeeping and Complaint file requirements. It is classified by FDA under 21 CFR 882.1200 (Two-point discriminator, product code: GWI).

Avive

The FDA's Office of Combination Product completed its preliminary product classification and jurisdictional assessment of the Avive Soft Tissue Membrane product as part of a pre-RFD process in August 2023 and provided their feedback that Avive is not eligible for regulation solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and the regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271. An HCT/P that does not meet all of the criteria in 1271.1 0(a) is regulated as a drug, device, or biological product. As such we have concluded our discussions with the FDA and while the FDA's pre-RFD response does not constitute final agency action, we will not return Avive to the market. However, we are excited to move forward with introduction a new HCT/Product Avive+ in the second quarter of 2024. Our preliminary engagement with the FDA through the TRG Rapid Inquiry Program (TRIP) resulted in feedback that the product appears to be regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and the regulations in 21 CFR part 1271. Products regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act are a product category under close scrutiny by FDA for compliance with the regulatory requirements and potentially subject to regulatory change in the future. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could expose us to potential compliance actions by FDA or state regulators and could risk the commercial availability of the product.

FDA — General

FDA regulations govern nearly all the activities that we perform, or that are performed on our behalf, to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses. The activities the FDA regulates include the following:

•Product design, development, and manufacture;

•Product safety, testing, labeling, and storage;

•Pre-clinical testing in animals and in the laboratory;

•Clinical investigations in humans;

•Pre-marketing clearance, approval, or licensing;

•Record-keeping and document-retention procedures;

•Advertising and promotion;

•The import and export of products;

•Product marketing, sales, and distribution;

P21

Table of Content

•Post-marketing vigilance, surveillance and medical device reporting, including reporting of deaths, serious injuries, communicable diseases, device malfunctions, or other adverse events; and

•Corrective actions, removals and recalls.

Failure to comply with applicable FDA regulatory requirements may subject us to a variety of administrative or judicially imposed penalties or sanctions and/or prevent us from obtaining or maintaining required approvals, clearances, or licenses to manufacture and market our products. It could also subject us to enforcement actions or sanctions, such as agency refusal to approve pending applications, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution of products, injunctions, consent decrees or civil monetary penalties or criminal prosecution.

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements - Medical Devices

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device distributed commercially in the U.S. requires either a 510(k) pre-market notification submission or a Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”) Application to the FDA, or other FDA regulatory authorization. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II, or Class III—depending on the degree of risk, the level of control necessary to assure the safety and effectiveness of each medical device and how much is known about the type of device. For devices first intended for marketing after May 28, 1976, pre-market review and clearance by the FDA for Class I and II medical devices is accomplished through the 510(k) pre-market notification procedure by finding a device substantially equivalent to a legally marketed Class I or II device, unless the device is exempt. The majority of Class I medical devices are exempt from the 510(k) pre-market notification requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices for which Class II controls are inadequate to assure safety or effectiveness, and novel devices, including devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III. Class III devices generally require an approved PMA prior to marketing, unless classified into Class I or Class II through a De Novo request.

A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction, and the safety and effectiveness of the device.

Investigational New Drug (IND) Application for Drugs and Biologics

Federal law requires that a new drug be the subject of an approved marketing application and that a biological product be properly licensed before each is introduced or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce. Because a sponsor often needs to ship an investigational drug or biological product to clinical investigators in many states, it must seek an exemption from that legal requirement. The IND is the means through which the sponsor obtains this exemption from the FDA. It is additionally the request from a clinical study sponsor to obtain authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug or biological product to humans.

There are two IND categories: Commercial and Research (non-commercial). The IND application must contain information in three broad areas:

•Animal Pharmacology and Toxicology Studies - Preclinical data to permit an assessment as to whether the product is reasonably safe for initial testing in humans. Also included are any previous experience with the drug in humans (often foreign use).

•Manufacturing Information - Information pertaining to the composition, manufacturer, stability, and controls used for manufacturing the drug substance and the drug product. This information is assessed to ensure that the company can adequately produce and supply consistent batches of the drug.

•Clinical Protocols and Investigator Information - Detailed protocols for proposed clinical studies to assess whether the initial-phase trials will expose subjects to unnecessary risks. Also, information on the qualifications of clinical investigators--professionals (generally physicians) who oversee the administration of the experimental compound--to assess whether they are qualified to fulfill their clinical trial duties. Finally, commitments to obtain informed consent from the research subjects, to obtain review of the study by an institutional review board (IRB), and to adhere to the investigational new drug regulations.

Once the IND is submitted, the sponsor must wait 30 calendar days before initiating any clinical trials. During this time, the FDA has an opportunity to review the IND for safety to assure that research subjects will not be subjected to unreasonable risk. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions about issues such as the conduct of the trials and or supporting pre-clinical data as outlined in the IND. In that case,

P22

Table of Content

the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding FDA concerns or questions before clinical trials can proceed. Therefore, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

The following regulations apply to the IND application process:

•21CFR Part 201 Drug Labeling

•21CFR Part 312 Investigational New Drug Application

•21CFR Part 314 IND and NDA Applications for FDA Approval to Market a New Drug (New Drug Approval)

•21CFR Part 316 Orphan Drugs

•21CFR Part 50 Protection of Human Subjects

•21CFR Part 54 Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators

•21CFR Part 56 Institutional Review Boards

•21CFR Part 58 Good Lab Practice for Nonclinical Laboratory Studies

Biological Product License Application ("BLA") Pathway

The BLA is a request for permission to introduce, or deliver for introduction, a biological product into interstate commerce (21 CFR 601.2). Form 356h specifies the requirements for a BLA. Biological products require FDA approval of a BLA to be marketed. The application must demonstrate the safety, purity, and potency of the product candidate based on results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. A BLA must also contain extensive Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls ("CMC") and other manufacturing information, as well as Labeling information. The applicant must pass an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the biological product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practice ("cGMP") requirements. Satisfaction of FDA approval requirements for biologics typically takes several years and the actual time required may vary substantially based on the type, complexity, and novelty of the product. We cannot be certain that any BLA approvals for our products will be granted on a timely basis, or at all.

The steps for obtaining FDA approval of a BLA to market a biological product in the U.S. include:

•Completion of pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies, and formulation studies under the FDA’s good laboratory practices regulations;

•Submission to the FDA of an IND for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and which must include independent Institutional Review Board, ("IRB"), approval at each clinical site before the trials may be initiated;

•Performance of an adequate and well-controlled clinical trial in accordance with Good Clinical Practices to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each indication;

•Submission to the FDA of a BLA, which contains detailed information about the CMC for the product, reports of the outcomes and full data sets from the clinical trials, and proposed labeling and packaging for the product. With agreement from the FDA, sponsors can qualify to submit portions of an application as the information becomes available (“rolling submission”) as an alternative to providing all information in a single submission when it is available;

•Satisfactory review of the contents of the BLA by the FDA, including the satisfactory resolution of any questions raised during the review;

•Satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

•Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP regulations, to assure that the facilities, methods, and controls are adequate to ensure the product’s identity, strength, quality, and purity; and

•FDA approval of the BLA, including agreement on post-marketing commitments, if applicable.

P23

Table of Content

Avance Nerve Graft Regulatory Classification and Regulatory Pathway

Avance Nerve Graft has been marketed domestically and internationally since 2007. In 2010, the FDA provided us with an enforcement discretion letter, regarding the marketing of Avance so long as we complied with certain terms that focused us on taking the necessary steps to support a BLA submission for the product. The FDA enforcement discretion letter states the FDA will end the period of enforcement discretion upon a final determination of our future BLA submission or if prior to the BLA submission, the FDA finds that we do not meet the conditions for the enforcement discretion terms or are not exercising due diligence in executing the transition plan. If final action on the BLA is negative or we are found to not meet the conditions for the transition plan or its execution, or if FDA were to revoke the enforcement discretion for any other reason, we may not be able to continue to distribute Avance Nerve Graft. We continue to work diligently to execute the transition plan, including maintaining regular communication with the FDA, and, in this context, continue to distribute Avance Nerve Graft.

We met with the FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research ("CBER") in July 2010 and, between July 2010 and November 2010, provided information to CBER that resulted in the FDA issuing a letter stating the agency’s intent to exercise enforcement discretion with respect to the continued introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of Avance Nerve Graft assuming that certain conditions are met relating to the transition of Avance Nerve Graft from regulation as an HCT/P under Section 361 to a biological product under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act. Specifically, the FDA transition plan outlined that:

•We transition to compliance with Section 501(a)(2)(B) of the FD&C Act, the current cGMP regulations in 21 CFR Parts 210 and 211 and the applicable regulations and standards in 21 CFR Parts 600-610 prior to initiation of a phase 3 clinical trial designed to demonstrate the safety, purity, and potency of Avance Nerve Graft.

◦We have performed several gap analyses of our quality system for compliance with 21 CFR Parts 210 and 211 and 600-610 regulations. The gap analyses have identified areas in which our quality system could improve with respect to compliance with the regulations. We have created and implemented appropriate changes, including new quality procedures. Through our internal auditing process, we have assessed our compliance to the regulations. We have also retained an external former FDA consultant with experience in auditing to 21 CFR Parts 210 and 211 and 600-610 regulations to verify quality system compliance with the regulations.

•We conduct a phase 3 clinical trial to demonstrate safety, purity and potency of Avance Nerve Graft under a Special Protocol Assessment (“SPA”). We and the FDA agreed to the SPA in August 2011.

◦In accordance with FDA regulations in 21 CFR §Part 312, we submitted IND #15419 to the FDA, and it became effective in March 2015.

◦The phase 3 clinical trial was initiated in the second quarter of 2015. The study completed initial enrollment in January 2019. As required by the SPA and agreed to by FDA and us, an independent statistical analysis was conducted to determine if greater study enrollment was appropriate to maintain the planned statistical power of the trial. As part of that review, the targeted enrollment was increased to 220 subjects, and the number of participating centers was increased to up to 25. The study completed subject enrollment in July 2020. Subject follow-up was completed in August 2021 with topline study data read-out completed during the second quarter of 2022. Topline results showed that this pivotal study met its primary endpoint for the return of nerve function as measured by static two-point discrimination. It also demonstrated that the safety profile was consistent with previously published data. RECON results demonstrated statistical superiority for return of sensory function, as measured by static two-point discrimination, as compared to conduits in gaps greater than 12 mm (p-value <0.05). Avance demonstrated statistical superiority for time to recover of static two-point discrimination over conduits in nerve gaps greater than 10mm (p-value <0.05).

•We continue to comply with the regulations and standards under 21 CFR Part 1271.

◦We were audited by the FDA at the Avance Processing Facility in March 2013, March 2015, October 2016 and September 2022 and at the Avance Distribution Facility in October 2015 with respect to its Human Tissue Quality System under 21 CFR Part 1271 and in July 2022 with respect to Level 1 Quality System Inspection Technique ("QSIT") Medical Device Inspection under 21 CFR 820. At each inspection, the quality systems were found to be in compliance with 21 CFR Part 1271 and no FDA Form 483 observations were issued.

◦In February 2018, we were audited by the FDA with respect to its Medical Device Quality System under 21 CFR Part 820 and its Human Tissue Quality System under 21 CFR Part 1271. Such audit resulted in two Form

P24

Table of Content

483 observations on general procedures on our Medical Device Quality System and no Form 483 observations on our Human Tissue Quality System. We took corrective action to correct these observations and the FDA accepted the corrective action plan.

◦In November 2018, we were inspected by the FDA at our Texas Distribution Facility with respect to our Human Tissue Quality System under 21 CFR Part 1271. Such inspection resulted in one Form 483 observation on tissue tracking. We took corrective action to correct this observation and the FDA accepted the corrective action plan.

◦In July 2022, we were inspected by the FDA at our Texas Distribution Facility with respect to our Medical Device Quality System under 21 CFR Part 820. No FDA Form 483 observations were received.

◦In September 2022 we were inspected by the FDA at the CTS Facility with respect to our Human Tissue Quality System under 21 CFR Part 1271. No FDA Form 483 observations were received.

◦In August 2023 we were inspected by the FDA at our Alachua, FL Human Tissue Establishment with respect to our Human Tissue Quality System under 21 CFR Part 1271. No FDA Form 483 observations were received.

We are working on preparing our BLA submission and engage in regular communication with the FDA for BLA approval. Most recently, we completed a pre-BLA meeting in the first quarter of 2024 and following that meeting our BLA submission plans remain on track. The FDA will review our regulatory compliance during the pre-license inspection as part of the BLA review. If the FDA does not find us to be in compliance, the BLA might not be approved or could be delayed. Additionally, the FDA reserves its review of the complete evidence package supporting a BLA for the review process. If the FDA does not find the evidence submitted in the BLA supportive, the BLA might not be approved or could be delayed, or the FDA may approve a narrower indication than the present use of Avance Nerve Graft.

In September 2018, the FDA granted a Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy ("RMAT") designation for Avance Nerve Graft. A regenerative medicine therapy is eligible for the RMAT designation if it is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. The RMAT designation provides access to a streamlined approval process for regenerative medicine technologies and informal meetings with the FDA in support of the BLA for Avance Nerve Graft, as appropriate. FDA can withdraw the RMAT designation if the designation criteria are no longer met.

Section 505(d) of the FDCA requires FDA to find "substantial evidence" of a new biologic product effectiveness before it can be marketed. The FDA normally requires two adequately designed and well-controlled clinical investigations for the new biologic product. However, through a series of FDA Guidance for Industry documents including the July 1998 Guidance "Guideline for the Format and Content of the Clinical and Statistical Sections of an Application" and, more recently, the September 2023 Guidance "Demonstrating Substantial Evidence of Effectiveness with One Adequate and Well-Controlled Clinical Investigation and Confirmatory Evidence", FDA has accepted a single adequate and well-controlled clinical investigation with supporting evidence through preclinical studies and literature to approve a new biologic products. For Avance Nerve Graft, in the 2010 Enforcement Discretion letter, FDA only required Axogen to perform a single Phase 3 Clinical Study. It is Axogen's belief from the guidance documents and communications with FDA, the Phase 3 RECON clinical study as a single adequate and well-controlled clinical investigation with preclinical data, literature and confirmatory data from the RANGER Registry will support Avance Nerve Graft' approval as a biologic product.

We have maintained a collaborative dialogue with the FDA and will continue to work with the FDA as we progress towards our BLA submission. We believe we will complete the rolling BLA submission in the third quarter of 2024.

We believe that biologic licensing, which typically entails multiple clinical trials and takes many years, would be required for any future competitive peripheral nerve allograft. The FDA provided updated guidance, "Regulatory Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use" in November 2017, which it revised in July 2020. The guidance clarified the FDA's position that any processing that alters the biological characteristics of peripheral nerve tissue would be considered more than minimal manipulation, and therefore require a BLA prior to marketing.

P25

Table of Content

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are a category of clinical research designed to evaluate and test new interventions, medications, or procedures. Clinical trials are often conducted in four phases. The trials at each phase have a different purpose and help answer different questions.

•Phase I trials test an experimental drug or treatment in a small group of people for the first time. The researchers evaluate the treatment’s safety, determine a safe dosage range, and identify side effects.

•In Phase II trials, the experimental drug or treatment is given to a larger group of people to see if it is effective and to further evaluate its safety.

•In Phase III trials, the experimental study drug or treatment is given to large groups of people. Researchers aim to confirm its effectiveness, monitor side effects, compare it to commonly used treatments, and collect information that will allow the experimental drug or treatment to be used safely.

•Phase IV trials, also known as Post-marketing studies, are conducted after a treatment is approved for use by the FDA and provide additional information including the treatment or drug’s risks, benefits, and best use.

Clinical trials are required to support a BLA or PMA and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance or de novo classification. Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under strict requirements to ensure the protection of human subjects participating in the trial and under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring and safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Clinical trials for biological products require the submission and FDA acceptance of an IND and clinical trials for medical devices require the submission and FDA approval of an Investigational Device Exemption ("IDE") application unless the device regulations provide for an exemption from the IDE requirement. Clinical trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE is approved by the FDA and the IRB overseeing the particular clinical trial. If the product is considered a non-significant risk device under FDA regulations, the trial must only be approved by an IRB prior to its initiation. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND or IDE, for significant risk devices. In addition, for these studies, an IRB at each site at which the study is conducted must approve the protocol, subject consent form and any amendments for each site at which the study is conducted. All research subjects must be informed, among other things, about the risks and benefits of the investigational product and provide their informed consent in writing.

Clinical trials under an IND typically are conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined. In our case, we believe that the phase 3 clinical trial study for Avance Nerve Graft represents the only prospective clinical data that will be required to evaluate safety and effectiveness. Phase 3 clinical trials usually further evaluate clinical efficacy and test further for safety in an expanded patient population. Phase 3 clinical trials usually involve comparison with placebo, standard treatments, or other comparators. Usually, multiple well-controlled large phase 3 or pivotal clinical trials demonstrating safety and efficacy are required to support a BLA. These trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and provide an adequate basis for physician labeling. Clinical testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. Furthermore, we or the FDA may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk, have experienced a serious and unexpected adverse event, or that continued use in an investigational setting may be unethical. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of research, for example, if the research is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the research has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally clinical data obtained from the observational study, RANGER, will be provided as supportive safety data and confirmatory data for Avance Nerve Graft.

Our Clinical Trials

We have an active clinical research program to gather data on our product portfolio. We have completed five clinical studies, are performing six ongoing clinical studies, and have plans to initiate further clinical studies. The ongoing studies are:

•“A Multicenter Retrospective Study of Avance Nerve Graft Utilization, Evaluations, and Outcomes in Peripheral Nerve Injury Repair (“RANGER”) - enrollment complete in parent protocol with analysis ongoing,"

•"A Matched Autograft and Tube Conduit Case Control Cohort Arm of RANGER ("MATCH"), - enrollment in Addendum 1 complete with analysis ongoing"

•"Breast Neurotization Outcomes for Women: A Registry Study of Recovery Outcomes, Quality of Life and Patient Satisfaction in Post-Mastectomy Autologous Breast Reconstruction ("Sensation-NOW"), - enrollment ongoing"

P26

Table of Content

•"Nerve Protection Evaluation: Revision Cubital Tunnel Syndrome Decompression ("COVERED"), - enrollment ongoing"

•"Tolerability and Feasibility Pilot Clinical Study of a Large-Diameter Nerve Cap for Protecting and Preserving Terminated Nerve Ends ("REPOSE-XL"), - enrollment ongoing" and

•"An Ambispective, Multicenter, Observational Registry Study of Patients Considering Surgical Treatment for Chronic Neuropathic Pain ("Rethink Pain"). - enrollment ongoing."

Our completed studies are "A Multicenter, Prospective and Subject Blinded Comparative Study of Axoguard Nerve Cap and Neurectomy for the Treatment of Symptomatic Neuroma and Prevention of Recurrent End-Neuroma Pain ("REPOSE")," "A Multicenter, Prospective, Randomized, Patient and Evaluator Blinded Comparative Study of Nerve Cuffs and Avance Nerve Graft Evaluating Recovery Outcomes for the Repair of Nerve Discontinuities (“RECON”)," “A Multicenter, Prospective, Randomized, Comparative Study of Hollow Nerve Conduit and Avance Nerve Graft Evaluation Recovery Outcomes of the Nerve Repair in the Hand (“CHANGE”)” published by Means et al, pilot study to evaluate the use of Avance Nerve Graft in the reconstruction of nerves following prostatectomy, and "Registry of Avive Soft Tissue Membrane Utilization in Selected Applications of Acute Trauma of the Upper Extremity ("ASSIST"), As Avive Soft Tissue Membrane is no longer on the market, the registry closed with no planned analysis.

In addition to these clinical research programs, we are developing additional clinical trials in peripheral nerve repair, including mixed and motor nerve repair, breast neurotization, protection, and pain.

Clinical trials are subject to extensive recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Our clinical trials must be conducted under the oversight of an IRB for the relevant clinical trial sites and must comply with FDA regulations, including but not limited to, those relating to Good Clinical Practices. We are also required to obtain the patients’ written, informed consent in a form and substance that complies with both FDA requirements and state and federal privacy and human subject protection regulations. We, the FDA or the IRB may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the biological product or device, or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA approval to market the product in the U.S. Similarly, in the E.U., the clinical study for a medicine product must be authorized by the Competent Authority in each Member State where the clinical trial is to be conducted and must receive a favorable opinion from an ethics committee. See "Risk Factors - Clinical trials can be long, expensive and results are ultimately uncertain, which could jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approval and continue to market our Avance Nerve Graft product."

RANGER

The RANGER study is an observational study and is a utilization registry of Avance Nerve Graft. As of December 31, 2023, eleven publications and more than 70 scientific conference presentations have been generated to date from the study. RANGER is designed to allow up to 2,500 subjects. An additional 500 subjects are allowed to be enrolled in Addendum 1, MATCH, and 2,000 enrolled in Addendum 2, Sensation-NOW. Sensation-NOW is a clinical study cohort, currently enrolling, designed to assess breast sensation following reconstruction with or without neurotization. We resumed enrollment in 2021 at select centers after pausing enrollment due to COVID-19 in 2020. The follow-up for the RANGER study is standard of care with a target of up to 36 months post peripheral nerve repair. At the time of BLA submission for Avance Nerve Graft, we will provide to the FDA confirmatory evidence based primarily on real world evidence from the RANGER study data.

The RANGER study database is also utilized to monitor different nerve repair techniques. As part of this, we utilize the database to support additional regulatory submissions for the Axoguard products.

We have worked with leading institutions, researchers, and surgeons to support innovation in the field of surgical peripheral nerve repair. We believe that RANGER is currently the largest multi-center observational clinical study conducted in peripheral nerve gap repair. Various reviewers of the RANGER study have found Avance Nerve Graft nerve repairs resulted in meaningful motor and sensory recovery and reduced pain following neuroma excision and reconstruction with no safety concerns identified.

RECON

The RECON study is a prospective, randomized, controlled, patient and evaluator blinded, comparative study of Avance Nerve Graft and Collagen Nerve Cuffs (manufactured conduits) in the repair of peripheral nerve transections in digital nerves with gaps of 5 to 25mm. The study is designed to assess the outcomes of peripheral nerve repair in approximately 170 subjects in up to 20 centers. Subjects were intraoperatively randomized in a 1:1 ratio after stratification by length of the nerve injury by gap length into short gap (5-14mm) and long gap (15-25mm) categories. The primary objective of the study is to evaluate the safety

P27

Table of Content

and efficacy of Avance Nerve Graft for non-inferiority and if met, superiority, of static two-point discrimination, a measure of sensory function, at twelve months as compared to nerve cuffs. Given the pooled standard deviation assumptions and a non-inferiority margin of 2mm, approximately 88 patients per treatment group are required to assess non-inferiority with at least 83% power. In addition to non-inferiority, a minimum treatment effect is required to be demonstrated. Based on an agreement with the FDA in the original protocol and an independent statistical analysis of the pooled standard deviation, the number of subjects was increased to 220 in up to 25 centers. Subjects were followed over the course of 12 months (based on the agreed-upon protocol, subjects have up to an additional three months to complete trial requirements) to assess safety and efficacy outcomes with assessments performed at various defined intervals up to 12 months. The study completed subject enrollment in July 2020. Subject follow-up was completed in August 2021 with topline study data read-out completed during the second quarter of 2022. Topline results showed that this pivotal study met its primary endpoint for the return of nerve function as measured by static two-point discrimination. It also demonstrated that the safety profile was consistent with previously published data. RECON results demonstrated statistical superiority for return of sensory function, as measured by static two-point discrimination, as compared to conduits in gaps greater than 12 mm (p-value <0.05). Avance demonstrated statistical superiority for time to recover of static two-point discrimination over conduits in nerve gaps greater than 10mm (p-value <0.05). The data in this study will support our rolling BLA submission, which we expect to complete in the third quarter of 2024.

REPOSE

We are conducting a multicenter, prospective, randomized, and subject blinded study of Axoguard Nerve Cap as compared to neurectomy for the treatment of systematic neuroma ("REPOSE"). REPOSE is a two-phase study comparing standard neurectomy to Axoguard Nerve Cap, which leverages our chambered technology to aid in the management of symptomatic neuromas. The first phase, a non-randomized pilot has completed enrollment and one-year follow-up. The second phase, a prospective, randomized controlled study, completed enrollment in 2022. Overall enrollment is designed to target 101 subjects with 15 in the first pilot phase followed by up to 86 in the randomized, comparative phase. The study will assess pain scores, quality of life, neuroma recurrence, and health outcomes over a 12-month follow-up period. Subject follow-up was completed in the third quarter of 2023 with Topline analysis reported in January 2024.

REPOSE XL

REPOSE-XL is a prospective, multi-center clinical pilot study evaluating the tolerability and feasibility of the Axoguard Large-Diameter Nerve Cap (sizes 5-7 mm) for protecting and preserving terminated nerve endings after limb trauma or amputation when immediate attention to the nerve injuries is not possible. Enrollment in REPOSE-XL started in 2022 and is underway.

COVERED

COVERED is a prospective, multi-center clinical case series evaluating Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector in first revision cubital tunnel decompression. Enrollment in COVERED started in the fourth quarter of 2023.

Rethink Pain

Rethink Pain is a prospective and retrospective, multicenter, observational clinical study of patients considering surgical treatment for chronic neuropathic pain. Enrollment resumed in 2021 after pausing in 2020 due to COVID-19. Rethink Pain evaluates a patient's healthcare journey and pain history through detailed medical history and record review. For patients who undergo surgical treatment for pain, standardized outcome measures such as post-operative pain, pain medication usage, quality of life outcomes, and functional outcome of associated nerves as compared to pre-operative levels will be assessed.

Post-Market Regulatory Requirements

There are numerous regulatory requirements that apply after a product is cleared or approved. For medical devices, these include, but are not limited to the FDA’s regulations for device labeling (21 CFR Part 801), medical device reporting (21 CFR Part 803), reporting of corrections and removals (21 CFR Part 806), establishment of registration and device listing requirements (21 CFR Part 807), and compliance with the QSR per 21 CFR Part 820. Distribution of medical devices is also subject to license/registration requirements in some states. For tissue and biological products, the regulatory requirements include: the FDA’s registration and listing requirements, donor eligibility requirements and compliance with GTP in 21 CFR Part 1271 for human tissue products, compliance with the FDA’s cGMP in 21 CFR Parts 210, 211, and 600 for licensed biological products, and post-

P28

Table of Content

market BLA requirements (21 CFR Part 601), including The Drug Supply Chain Security Act (DSCSA). Among other things, these regulations require manufacturers, including third party manufacturers to:

•Follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

•Comply with labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the false or misleading promotion or the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses, or indications;

•Comply with requirements to obtain clearance or approval for certain changes affecting the product, including changes to the product’s manufacturing, labeling, or intended use;

•Report to the FDA certain adverse events, adverse reactions, and deviations;

•Comply with post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments and post-market safety and annual reporting requirements;

•Follow post-market surveillance regulations that may apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device; and

•Follow requirements to issue notices of correction or removal, or conduct market withdrawals, or recalls where quality or other issues arise.

Safety Reporting and other Periodic Reporting

We have not received any reports of adverse events where the event was determined to be product related for Avance Nerve Graft. Nine adverse events have been reported by Cook Biotech for the Axoguard products (one each in 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2020; and two each in 2017 and 2019).

We reported three biological deviations (two in 2018 and one in 2019) for quality system issues related to human tissue distribution (no patient safety issues were involved). In December 2020, a user facility presented a Medwatch report for Avance Nerve Graft for a sizing issue and potential delay in procedure. Our follow-up indicated that there was no delay in procedure, and we filed information with the FDA and no further action is required. We have not had to submit any tissue adverse reaction reports to the FDA. There has been one Medical Device Report (MDR) submitted to the FDA in 2023 for an Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector that was explanted after redness and pain developed at the surgical site. Although the Axoguard Connector, Protector, Cap, and HA+ product lines have had just ten adverse events reported to date, there may have been other incidents, including patient deaths, that may have occurred during procedures utilizing our products without us being aware of any such incidents. In addition, there can be no assurance that in the future our products will not cause or contribute to an adverse event that would require us to submit MDRs, biological deviation reports, or tissue adverse reaction reports to the FDA. IND annual reporting remains in compliance.

In addition to the FDA, the advertising and promotion of medical products are also regulated by the Federal Trade Commission and in some instances by state regulatory and enforcement authorities. Recently, some promotional activities for FDA-regulated products have been the subject of enforcement action brought under healthcare reimbursement laws and consumer protection statutes. In addition, under the Federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors, and others can initiate litigation relating to advertising claims.

Facilities Listing and Registrations

All of our facilities are properly registered with the FDA as tissue or medical device establishments. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine compliance with the GTP, cGMP, and other regulations, and these inspections may also include suppliers' manufacturing facilities.

Failure by us or our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or other federal or state authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions, among others:

•Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

•Customer notifications, repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

P29

Table of Content

•Operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;

•Suspension or termination of our clinical trials;

•Refusing our 501(k), de novo classification request, PMA or BLA for new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

•Withdrawing or suspending pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

•Criminal prosecution.

Education Grants, U.S. Anti-kickback, False Claims and Other Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

Educational Grants

A medical product manufacturer may provide financial or in-kind support, including support by way of grants, to third parties for the purpose of conducting medical educational activities. If these supported activities are considered by the FDA to be independent of the manufacturer, then the activities fall outside the FDA restrictions on promotion to which the manufacturer is subject.

We seek to ensure that the educational activities we support through our grants program are in accordance with the appropriate criteria for independent educational activities. However, we cannot provide assurance that the FDA or other government authorities would view the programs supported as being independent.

Fraud, Abuse and False Claims

We are directly and indirectly subject to various federal and state laws governing relationships with healthcare providers and pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws. In particular, the U.S. Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Penalties for violations could include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs. In implementing the statute, the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) has issued a series of regulations, known as “safe harbors.” These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute for activities that fit within a safe harbor. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable element of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG, and may be “at risk” activities unless a favorable advisory opinion is obtained from the OIG.

The federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) imposes civil liability on any person or entity that submits, or causes the submission of, a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government. Damages under the FCA can be significant and consist of the imposition of fines and penalties. The FCA also allows a private individual or entity with knowledge of past or present fraud against the federal government to sue on behalf of the government to recover the civil penalties and treble damages. The U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") has previously alleged that the marketing and promotional practices of pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers including the off-label promotion of products or the payment of prohibited kickbacks to doctors violated the FCA resulting in the submission of improper claims to federal and state healthcare entitlement programs such as Medicaid.

AdvaMed is one of the primary voluntary U.S. trade associations for medical device manufacturers. PhRMA is another trade association focused on the pharmaceutical industry. These associations have established guidelines and protocols for medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturers, respectively, in their relationships with healthcare professionals on matters, including research and development, product training and education, grants and charitable contributions, support of third-party educational conferences, and consulting arrangements. Adoption of the AdvaMed or PhRMA Codes by a medical device manufacturer is voluntary, and while the OIG and other federal and state healthcare regulatory agencies encourage its adoption, they do not view adoption of these codes as proof of compliance with applicable laws. Key to the underlying principles of the AdvaMed and PhRMA Codes is the need to focus the relationships between manufacturers and healthcare professionals on matters of training, education and scientific research, and limit payments between manufacturers and healthcare professionals to fair market value for legitimate services provided and payment of modest meal, travel, and other expenses for a healthcare professional under limited circumstances. We have incorporated these principles into our relationships with healthcare professionals under our consulting agreements, payment of travel and lodging expenses, research and educational grant procedures and sponsorship of

P30

Table of Content

third-party conferences. In addition, we have conducted and will continue to conduct training sessions on these principles. Finally, the Sunshine Act, as defined below, imposes additional reporting and disclosure requirements on us for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as reporting of certain physician ownership interests. We cannot provide any assurance that regulatory, or enforcement authorities will view our relationships with physicians or policies as being in compliance with applicable regulations and laws.

P31

Table of Content

Regulation Outside of the U.S.

Distribution and sales of medical products outside of the U.S. are subject to foreign governmental regulations that vary substantially from country to country.

There are restrictions under U.S. law on the export of medical devices and biological products that cannot be legally distributed in the U.S. The FDA has set forth certain requirements for the export of devices outside of the U.S. depending on the class of device and its FDA approval. We currently believe we comply with applicable regulations when exporting our products and we intend to continue such compliance in the event there are any regulatory changes regarding its products in the U.S.

The European Medicines Agency (EMA) is the decentralized body of the European Union, located in Amsterdam in the Netherlands. It is responsible for the scientific evaluation, supervision, and safety monitoring of medicines for human and veterinary use in the EU. The EMA serves the EU and three countries from the European Economic Area (EEA)—Iceland, Norway, and Liechtenstein. The EU has adopted numerous directives, regulations, and promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture and labeling of, and clinical trials and adverse event reporting for medicinal products including medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant regulation or directive will be entitled to bear CE marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable regulation and directives and can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the E.U. and other countries that comply. The method for assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the device, but normally involves an assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. Such an assessment is required for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. In the second quarter of 2014, Axogen’s Quality System became registered to ISO 13485 for Receipt, Handling, Storage and Distribution of Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector and we will maintain the registration through 2024.

Cook Biotech is responsible for all regulatory filings for the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector products, including international registrations. We provide the countries for Cook Biotech to register with, and Cook Biotech prepares and submits the product filing documentation to the Ministry of Health (“MOH”) for the country. Each country or region has its own regulations and the documentation required for submission varies. It typically takes less than nine months from the initiation of the project to obtain clearance in a given country or region. To date, the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector product lines were registered in May 2013 in Canada for distribution and in April 2013 the product lines were awarded the CE Mark allowing distribution into the E.U. and other countries that accept the CE Mark. Cook Biotech received the renewal of the CE Mark for Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector in May 2021.

In addition, the new European Medical Device Regulation (“E.U. MDR”) passed in the European Parliament on April 5, 2017, and went into effect on May 25, 2017. The E.U. MDR is an extensive reform of the rules governing the medical device industry in Europe. Under this regulation, manufacturers had through May 2021 to comply with a broad set of new rules for almost every kind of medical device. The E.U. MDR requires changes in the clinical evidence required for medical devices, post-market clinical follow-up evidence, annual reporting of safety information for Class III products, and bi-annual reporting for Class II products, Unique Device Identification (“UDI”) for all products, submission of core data elements to a European UDI database prior to placement of a device on the market, reclassification of medical devices, and multiple other labeling changes.

While 6 years has passed since the adoption of MDR, The Regulations’ transitional provisions have been amended in 2022 to give manufacturers and notified bodies more time to conduct the necessary conformity assessment procedures and to avert shortages of devices needed for the EU healthcare systems. Regulation (EU) 2023/607 extended the transitional period according to the risk class of the legacy device until December 2027 or December 2028 and Regulation (EU) 2022/112 extending the transitional period according to the risk class of the legacy device until May 2025 for devices already certified by a notified body under the Directive and class D devices), until May 2026 for class C devices and until May 2027 for class B and A sterile devices). Overall, medical device companies can continue to expect longer lead times to obtain product conformity assessments and registrations (i.e., CE Mark Certification) in the E.U. and a substantially costlier pathway to compliance in the E.U.

Cook Biotech is responsible for registering and attaining MDR conformity for Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector in the EU. As distributor of these two products in the EU, we are not yet able to fully determine the costs of complying with these regulations, how the E.U. will continue interpreting and enforcing them, what the timelines for approvals of products will be and the overall effect of the E.U. MDR on the marketplace. Given the significant additional pre-market and post-market requirements imposed by the E.U. MDR, the overall impact of these new rules could have a material, adverse effect on our international revenue and expenses.

P32

Table of Content

The UK left the E.U. in January 2020. We register our human tissue products in each individual E.U. country and our distributor in the UK has import authority for our human tissue product. It is expected that licensed UK establishments that import or export tissues or cells will need written agreements with the relevant E.U. licensed establishments to continue importing and exporting with the E.U. As we ship directly to the UK from the U.S., we did not experience and do not expect delays in shipment of human tissue products into the UK. Further, the RANGER clinical trial being performed at select hospitals in the UK was not affected by Brexit (defined below in "Risk Factors - Regulation Outside of the U.S.") as long as the products continue to come directly from the U.S. Beginning in January 2021, new changes became effective as the transition period for the UK’s exit from the E.U. ended. Specifically, all medical devices placed into the UK market had to be registered, subject to applicable grace periods, with the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency ("MHRA"), will need to appoint a UK Responsible Person, and comply with additional product marking and conformity assessment requirements. Medical devices must be registered with the MHRA if they are being placed in the UK market after May 1, 2021. Cook Biotech is responsible for appointing the UK Responsible Person and registering Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector in the UK.

Tissue products are not currently regulated under the CE Mark

We are responsible for all regulatory filings for Avance Nerve Graft. To obtain international approvals, we prepare the product filing documentation and submit this documentation to the MOH for a country.

Although some standards of harmonization exist, each country in which we conduct business has its own specific regulatory requirements, which are dynamic in nature and continually changing. We procure and process our tissue for the Avance Nerve Graft in the U.S. and market the Avance Nerve Graft in Canada, the UK, and certain other countries under compliance with the individual country regulations. We conduct a regulatory review at the time of submission of the product dossier. This involves reviewing the appropriate MOH regulations, discussion with in-country distributors and use of consultants. It typically takes less than nine months from the initiation of the product to develop a product dossier (specific for that country), submission of the documentation and MOH review of the product filing. While we believe that we are in compliance with all existing pertinent international and domestic laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that changes in governmental administrations and regulations will not negatively impact our operations. The FDA and international regulatory bodies conduct periodic compliance inspections of our U.S. processing facilities. Axogen's processing and distribution locations are properly registered with CBER as tissue establishments. In 2023, AATB re-accredited Axogen for compliance to the AATB standards for tissue banking for all our facilities. Additionally, our facilities are appropriately licensed in the states of Florida, New York, California, Maryland, Delaware, Oregon, and Illinois as tissue establishments. We believe that worldwide regulation of tissue products is likely to intensify as the international regulatory community focuses on the growing demand for these implant products and the attendant safety and efficacy issues of recipients. Changes in governing laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our management further believes that it can help to mitigate this exposure by continuing to work closely with government and industry regulators.

Environmental

As a biotech company of our size, we believe our impact on the environment is modest. However, we are continuously evaluating how we can be the best possible stewards of the environment, and follow local, state, and federal environmental regulations. We are taking steps in our operations and facilities to positively impact the environment wherever possible.

Our products, as well as the chemicals used in processing these products, are handled and disposed of in accordance with country-specific, federal, state, and local environmental regulations. Since 2007, we have used outside third parties to perform all biohazard waste disposal.

We contract with independent, third parties to perform sterilization of our allografts. Because of the engagement of a third party to perform irradiation services, the requirements for compliance with radiation hazardous waste do not apply, and therefore we do not anticipate that this engagement will have any material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, results of operations or financial condition. However, we are responsible for assuring that the service is performed in accordance with applicable regulations. Although we believe we are in compliance with all applicable environmental regulations, the failure to fully comply with any such regulations could result in the imposition of penalties, fines or sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Human Capital

As of December 31, 2023, we had 428 total employees, including approximately 2 part-time employees and 426 full-time employees. Of these employees, 216 work in sales and marketing, 90 work in corporate, 47 work in research and development

P33

Table of Content

and 75 work in operations. Approximately 45% of our employees were female and 55% were male. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K we have not had a work stoppage and no employees are represented by a labor union.

We believe in creating and maintaining a culture that encourages and rewards honesty, openness, and passionate debate among our employees, respect is the foundation for communication and action, and patient safety is our first priority We are committed to fostering a culture of diversity, equity, and inclusion. Our corporate values support honest and open communication, mutual support, collaboration, passionate debate, empowerment, and respect. Our Equal Employment Policy includes specific training on preventing discrimination and harassment and encourages diversity, equity, and inclusion. We also have an annual Affirmative Action Plan, which is actively implemented and reviewed with management and our Board of Directors and. following such review, adjusted as needed to meet changing conditions. We are committed to advertising our opportunities on each state's job boards in order to reach an increasingly diverse population of candidates, and we conduct routine audits of our existing job postings, advertisements and candidate communications for gender coding, and update any gender specific language to gender neutral language. Additionally, we have a policy that supports employees who are veterans that participate in Honors Guards, who are selected from partnerships with veteran organizations and participating companies and attend by invitation, and military funerals, the Honor Guards. Further, some of our recruitment efforts are to engage with the next generation of scientists and engineers through targeted awareness and internship programs. We work with Women in Life Sciences, Society for Asian Scientists and Engineers, Society of Women Engineers, and BioFlorida to educate students and professionals about career opportunities available at our Company.

We strive to offer benefits plans that are viewed as attractive and beneficial to employees. In 2023 we updated and expanded our offerings to include a Consumer Drive Health Plan (CDHP) with an HSA Account and the option of a Limited FSA for qualifying dental and vision expenses for those employees who select the CDHP. Other additions in 2023 include options for Dental (high or low PPO) plans and options for employees to select from two different Vision plan providers, enabling employees to select the option that best fits their needs and includes their preferred physicians. The Short-Term Disability (STD) offering was updated to pay 100% of the employee’s bi-weekly earnings for the first eight weeks of disability and 66.67% for the remaining disability period, up to twelve weeks. And finally, new in 2023 Axogen now offers supplement benefits in the form of Accidental insurance and Critical Illness insurance, designed to help provide financial protection against expenses associated with accidents or illness not covered by medical insurance.

Employee safety is critical to our operations, and we follow Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910, and use a series of company-wide policies, trainings, and procedures to protect all employees’ health and safety. We utilize an Environmental Health and Safety committee that meets monthly to analyze potential issues, review any incident data, and implement necessary process or procedural changes that can minimize the work-related injuries and occupational exposure to chemicals, biohazards, or illnesses, and eliminate any potential from serious injuries and fatalities.

The Compensation Committee of our board of directors (the "Board of Directors") has oversight of our culture and human capital management, including diversity, equity, and inclusion with respect to our employees.

Available Information

Our website address is http://www.axogeninc.com. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only. We make available, free of charge through our website, our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file, or furnish such material to the SEC. We also similarly make available, free of charge on our website, the reports filed with the SEC by our executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders pursuant to Section 16 under the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after copies of those filings are provided to us by those persons. Reference to our website, or any other website, does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the site and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

P34

Table of Content

Item 1A. RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

Below is a summary of our risk factors. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, and other risks that we face, can be found below under the heading “Risk Factors” and should be carefully considered, together with other information in this Form 10-K and our other filings with the SEC before making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

•Our revenue growth depends on our ability to increase distribution and sales to existing customers and develop new customers, domestically and abroad, and there can be no assurance that these efforts will result in significant increases in sales.

•Our revenue depends primarily on five products, which is dependent on the continued acceptance of our products by the medical community.

•Macroeconomic trends, such as the inflationary pressures and political instability, could continue to have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital investments.

•Our operating results could be adversely impacted if we are unable to effectively manage and sustain our future growth or scale our operations.

•We have a history of net losses and have not consistently experienced positive cash flow from operations, and our ability to achieve consistent positive cash flow will depend on increasing revenue from distribution of our products, which may not be achievable.

•There may be significant fluctuations in our operating results.

•Failure to successfully manage the transition associated with the recent management changes and the search and appointment of a permanent CEO could have an adverse impact on our business.

•We may not experience the operating efficiencies anticipated with the transition to our APC Facility. We are highly dependent on the continued availability of our facilities and could be harmed if the facilities are unavailable for any prolonged period of time.

•Delays, interruptions, or the cessation of production by our third-party suppliers, including products supplied by single suppliers, of important materials may prevent or delay our ability to manufacture or process the final products.

•Surgical technique evolution, technological change and competition could reduce demand for our products.

•We must maintain high quality processing of our products.

•Our revenue depends upon prompt and adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and national health systems.

•Negative publicity concerning methods of donating human tissue and screening of donated tissue may reduce demand for our products and negatively impact the supply of available donor tissue.

•The failure of third parties to perform many necessary services for the commercialization of our products, including services related to recovery/acquisition, distribution and transportation, would impair our ability to meet commercial demand.

•We are dependent on our relationships with independent agencies to generate a material portion of our revenue.

•If we do not manage product inventory in an effective and efficient manner, it could adversely affect profitability resulting in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

•We may be unsuccessful in commercializing our products outside the U.S.

Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment in which We Operate

•Our Avance Nerve Graft product is currently distributed pursuant to enforcement discretion and a transition plan with the FDA and we expect to complete the rolling BLA submission for the Avance Nerve Graft in the third quarter of 2024. If our BLA is not approved by the FDA if the FDA approves a narrower indication than Avance Nerve Graft’s current use, or if the use of Avance Nerve Graft is otherwise curtailed, our revenues would significantly decrease which would have a material adverse effect on our operations.

P35

Table of Content

•Our operations must comply with, and our business is subject to continuing regulatory compliance by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly and could result in negative effects on our business.

•Our products are subject to FDA and international regulatory requirements.

•The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation or the image of our products and could result in injuries leading to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or result in FDA sanctions.

•Our business is subject to continuing compliance to standards by various accreditation and registration bodies, which is costly, and loss of accreditation or registration could result in negative effects on our business.

•Defective products could lead to recall or other negative business conditions.

•Clinical trials can be long and expensive, and results are ultimately uncertain which could jeopardize our ability to generate data to support marketing of our products or obtain regulatory approval of our Avance Nerve Graft product.

•We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, and they may not perform as contractually required or expected.

•U.S. governmental regulation could restrict the use of our Avance Nerve Graft product, restrict our procurement of tissue or increase costs.

•Healthcare law and policy changes may have a material adverse effect on us.

•We could be subject to civil or criminal penalties if we are found to have violated laws protecting the confidentiality of health information, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.

Risks Related to Our IP

•Failure to protect our IP-rights could result in costly and time-consuming litigation and our loss of any potential competitive advantage.

•Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain and may impact our ability to successfully compete in our industry.

•The patent protection for our products may expire before we are able to maximize their commercial value, which may subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate product revenue.

•Others may claim an ownership interest in our IP which could expose us to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on our prospects.

•We depend on the maintenance of exclusive licenses.

•Our trademarks are valuable, and our business may be adversely affected if trademarks are not adequately protected.

Risks Related to Financing Our Business

•Our credit facility and payment obligations under the Revenue Participation Agreement with TPC Investments II LP and Argo SA LLC, each affiliates of Oberland Capital (collectively, “Oberland Capital”), contains operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities, require cash payments over an extended period of time and are subject to acceleration in specified circumstances, which may result in Oberland Capital taking possession and disposing of any collateral.

•We may need to raise additional funds to finance our future capital or operating needs, which could have adverse impacts on our business, results of operations, and the interests of our shareholders.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. The risk and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Set forth below is a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that management believes to be material to us and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, growth prospects and the trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

Our revenue growth depends on our ability to increase distribution and sales to existing customers and develop new customers, domestically and abroad, and there can be no assurance that these efforts will result in significant increases in sales.

Beginning in 2020, we adjusted our commercial strategy to focus on deeper penetration of our existing surgeon customers through the development of long-term users of our algorithm of nerve repair in our largest market opportunity of extremity trauma. We believe that near-term growth can be supported first through expanded productivity of our existing sales force with existing accounts and second by adding additional customers. We expect the number of direct sales professionals to increase

P36

Table of Content

over time. Additionally, we believe that we have successfully utilized a hybrid commercial approach that includes the use of independent agencies in more remote geographies to provide appropriate local support for customers, without the travel time required of a direct sales representative. We anticipate that we will continue to add to the number of independent sales agencies as it continues to drive higher productivity and efficiency with our direct sales force. We may also need to establish a regional distribution center or centers at some point in the future to account for growth. The incurrence of these expenses may impact our operating results, and there can be no assurance of their effectiveness. If we are unable to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers, and develop our sales force, there could be a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Additionally, our growth margin is dependent on maintaining a diversified demand mix. If demand only grows in one use application it could negatively impact gross margin. We are focusing on creating balanced revenue growth and yield improvements in product processing, but we may be unable to do so.

Our revenue depends primarily on five products.

Substantially all of our revenue is currently derived from five products, Avance Nerve Graft, Axoguard Nerve Protector, Axoguard Nerve Connector, Axoguard HA + Nerve Protector, and Axoguard Nerve Cap for the treatment of peripheral nerve damage. Of these five products, Avance Nerve Graft represents approximately 60% of our total revenue. Any disruption in our ability to generate revenue from the processing, distribution, and sale of products, especially Avance Nerve Graft, will have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector are only available through the Cook Biotech Distribution Agreement. The Distribution Agreement was amended February 26, 2018, to extend the termination date to June 30, 2027 and on August 4, 2023, to extend the termination date to December 31, 2030. However, there are conditions for continuation of the agreement, including payment terms and minimum purchase requirements, that if breached could result in an earlier termination of the agreement. Through mutual agreement, the parties have not established such minimums and to date have not enforced such minimum purchase provision. Additionally, in the event that Cook Biotech were to enforce minimum purchase quantities and we fail to reach an agreement as to such minimums, Cook Biotech could terminate the agreement if we fail to generate commercially reasonable sales of Axoguard as measured by sales similar to a competitive product at the same stage in its commercial launch as verified by a mutually acceptable third party. We distribute the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector for Cook Biotech, and Cook Biotech is the contract manufacturer for our Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector and Axoguard Nerve Cap. Although we believe we could develop or obtain products that would replace the Axoguard products obtained through the Cook Biotech agreements, the loss of the ability to sell the Axoguard products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Further, on January 31, 2024, RTI Surgical, Inc. announced the acquisition of Cook Biotech. While do not expect the acquisition of Cook Biotech to have a material impact on our relationship with Cook Biotech or our operations, it is possible that due to the change in control Cook Biotech elects to enforce the minimum purchase requirements and/or elect not to renew the Distribution Agreement further.

Approximately 60% of our total revenues are from sales of Avance Nerve Graft.

Approximately 60% of our total revenues are from sales of Avance Nerve Graft, which the FDA considers to be a biological product subject to BLA approval requirements. The product is currently distributed pursuant to a transition plan with the FDA. Any change in position by the FDA regarding its use of enforcement discretion regarding the sale of Avance Nerve Graft, or if the BLA we intend to submit is not approved, if our indications are narrowed, or use of Avance Nerve is curtailed in any other way, it will have a material negative impact on our revenues and our operations. For additional information see: “Risk Factors – Our Avance Nerve Graft product is currently distributed pursuant to a transition plan with the FDA; however, we expect to complete the rolling BLA submission for the Avance Nerve Graft in the third quarter of 2024, and if the FDA does not approve our BLA or otherwise limits on use of our Avance Nerve Graft product it would have a significant impact on our revenues and thus would have a material adverse effect on us.”

Macroeconomic trends, such as the inflationary pressure, and political instability could continue to have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital investments.

We continue to actively monitor the impact of various macroeconomic trends, including high rates of inflation, increasing interest rates, increasing labor costs, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages and, geopolitical instability on our business. We have experienced increased costs consistent with rising interest rates, and inflationary pressures. At this time, we cannot predict the specific extent, duration or full impact of inflationary conditions, supply chain disruptions, geopolitical instability will have on our ongoing and planned clinical trials, our ability to operate, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital investments.

Economic conditions, such as rising inflation, higher interest rates, increasing labor costs, supply chain pressures, changes in regulatory laws and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can also have a significant effect on the cost of

P37

Table of Content

operations including the cost of materials and labor, as well as the interest on our debt. Moreover, negative macroeconomic conditions could adversely impact our ability to obtain financing in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, the geopolitical instability and related sanctions could continue to have significant ramifications including volatility in the U.S. and global financial markets.

Our operating results could be adversely impacted if we are unable to effectively manage and sustain our future growth or scale our operations.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our future growth efficiently or profitably. Our business is unproven on a large scale, and actual revenue and operating margins, or revenue and margin growth, may be less than expected. If we are unable to scale our production capabilities efficiently or maintain pricing without significant discounting, we may fail to achieve expected operating margins, which would have a material and adverse effect on our operating results. Growth may also stress our ability to adequately manage our operations, quality of products, safety, and regulatory compliance. Failure to implement necessary procedures, equipment, or processes or to hire the necessary personnel in a timely and effective manner could result in higher costs or an inability to meet market demand and could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Additionally, our future growth will increase the demands placed on our third-party suppliers, and there is no guarantee that our suppliers will be able to support our anticipated growth. If growth significantly decreases, it will negatively impact our cash reserves, and we may be required to obtain additional financing, which may increase indebtedness or result in dilution to shareholders. Further, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have a history of net losses and have not consistently experienced positive cash flow from operations, and our ability to achieve consistent positive cash flow will depend on increasing revenue from distribution of our products, which may not be achievable.

We have historically incurred net losses and operated with negative cash flow from our operations and may continue to incur losses and operate with negative cash flow from operations for the foreseeable future. We have incurred net losses of $21.7 million, $28.9 million and $27.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $281.3 million. If revenue does not increase as anticipated, then we will continue to incur net losses and experience negative cash flows and adverse operating conditions. In June 2020, we entered into a seven-year $75 million credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with Oberland Capital, from which we drew proceeds of $50 million, which were used and will continue to be used for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. As our debt obligations mature or if our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. If we raise funds by selling additional equity, such sale would result in dilution to our shareholders. There is no assurance that if we are required to secure funding, we can do so on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Failure to successfully manage the transition associated with the recent management changes and the search and appointment of a permanent CEO could have an adverse impact on our business.

Karen Zaderej informed the Company’s board of directors of her intention to retire from her role as the Chief Executive Officer in January 2025.The Board has begun the search for a permanent CEO. In addition, on December 6, 2023, Peter Mariani was replaced by Nir Naor as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Moreover, Mike Donovan, our VP of Operations announced his intention to retire from his role in March 2024. Mr. Donovan’s duties will be transitioned to Todd Puckett in March 2024. Leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage and competition for qualified executives can be intense, and there are a limited number of people with the requisite knowledge and experience. The transition to a permanent CEO may cause disruption to our business due to, among other things, diverting management’s attention away from the Company’s financial and operational goals or causing a deterioration in morale. During the transition period there may be uncertainty among investors, customers, and other third parties, concerning our future direction and performance. It may also be more difficult for us to recruit and retain other personnel until a permanent CEO is identified.

Our success will be dependent on continued acceptance of our products by the medical community.

Our success is dependent on continued acceptance of our products by the medical community, which will depend on our ability to demonstrate that our products are an attractive alternative to existing or new nerve reconstruction treatment options, including both surgical techniques and products. Our ability to do so will depend on surgeons’ evaluations of clinical safety, efficacy, ease of use, reliability, and cost-effectiveness, including insurance reimbursement, of our nerve repair products. For

P38

Table of Content

example, although our Avance Nerve Graft follows stringent safety standards, including sterilization by gamma irradiation, we believe that a small portion of the medical community has lingering concerns over the risk of disease transmission through the use of allografts in general. If the medical community and patients do not ultimately accept our products as safe and effective or we are unable to raise awareness of our products and processes, our ability to sell the products may be materially and adversely affected, and our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects may be adversely affected.

We are highly dependent on the continued availability of our facilities and could be harmed if the facilities are unavailable for any prolonged period of time and we may not experience the operating efficiencies anticipated with the transition to our APC Facility.

We have completed renovation of our APC Facility and transferred the Avance Nerve Graft tissue processing and packaging to the APC Facility but expect to continue to rely on the CTS facility for the processing of Avive+. We may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies as we commence processing operations at the APC Facility. It could cause a significant disruption in service to our customers if we were to lose, even temporarily, the availability of our production or distribution facilities. If we are not able to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements or produce product that meets our requirements and specifications, it could delay or disrupt our BLA approval and we will be subject to the same risks that we would be subject to should third parties be unable to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements or produce product meeting our requirements or specifications, as described above. If we fail to achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely impacted.

In operating our new processing facility, we may be forced to devote greater resources and management time than anticipated, particularly in areas relating to operations, quality, raw material supply, regulatory, facilities and information technology. If we experience unanticipated employee turnover in any of these areas, we may not be able to effectively manage our ongoing processing operations and we may not achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate from the APC Facility, which may negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Any failure in the physical infrastructure of our facilities, including the APC Facility and the facility we license from CTS, could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenue and harm both our business reputation and financial results. Any natural or man-made event that impacts our ability to utilize our facilities could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Although we have business interruption insurance that would cover certain costs in instances other than service agreement termination, it may not cover all costs nor help to regain our standing in the market. In addition, we may plan to expand the APC facility or open additional office, lab or distributions space in the future, and our ability to license, renovate, rebuild, or find acceptable service facilities takes a considerable amount of time and expense.

Delays, interruptions, or the cessation of production by our third-party suppliers, including products supplied by single suppliers, of important materials may prevent or delay our ability to manufacture or process the final products.

Most of the raw materials used in the process for Avance Nerve Graft are available from more than one supplier. However, there are materials within the manufacturing and production process that come from single suppliers, some of which are outside of the U.S., or certain supplies may be difficult to procure due to supply chain shortages or changes in global trade regulations. Macroeconomic factors could cause disruptions in the supply chain and impair our ability to obtain the materials needed for our product line.

We do not have written contracts that guarantee supply with any of our suppliers, and at any time they could stop supplying our orders. FDA review of a new supplier may be required if these materials become unavailable from our current suppliers. Although there may be other suppliers that have equivalent materials that would be available to us, if FDA review is required, it could take several months or years to obtain, if approval is able to be obtained at all. Any delay, interruption, or cessation of production by our third-party suppliers of important materials, or any delay in qualifying new materials, if necessary, would prevent or delay our ability to manufacture products. We are working on identifying and contracting with additional suppliers to reduce our dependence on single source suppliers and service providers.

In addition, an uncorrected impurity, a supplier’s variation in a raw material or testing, either unknown to us or incompatible with our manufacturing process, or any other problem with our materials, testing or components, would prevent or delay our ability to process tissue. These delays may limit our ability to meet demand for our products and delay our clinical trials, which would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Technological change and competition for newly developed products could reduce demand for our products.

P39

Table of Content

The medical technology industry is intensely competitive. We compete with both U.S. and international entities that engage in the development and production of medical technologies and processes, including:

•biotechnology, orthopedic, pharmaceutical, biomaterial, chemical, and other companies;

•academic and scientific institutions; and

•public and private research organizations.

Our products compete with autograft, hollow-tube conduits, commercially available wraps, and amnion products, as well as with alternative medical procedures. For the foreseeable future, we believe a significant number of surgeons will continue to choose to perform autograft procedures when feasible, despite the necessity of performing a second operation and its drawbacks. In addition, many members of the medical community will continue to prefer the use of hollow-tube conduits due in part to their familiarity with these products and the procedures required for their use. Also, steady improvements have been made in synthetic human tissue substitutes, which could compete with our products in the future. Unlike allografts, synthetic tissue technologies are not dependent on the availability of human or animal tissue. Although our growth strategy contemplates the introduction of new technologies, the development of these technologies is a complex and uncertain process, which require a high level of innovation, as well as the ability to accurately predict future technology and market trends. We may not be able to respond effectively to technological changes and emerging industry standards, or to successfully identify, develop or support new technologies or enhancements to existing products in a timely and cost-effective manner, if at all. There can be no assurance that in the future our competitors will not develop products that have superior performance or are less expensive relative to our products, rendering our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In this regard, Integra and Baxter each have or will commercialize a product consisting of a hollow tube conduit filled with material which they suggest is superior to their current hollow conduit products. Additionally, in 2022, Biocircuit received 510(k) clearance for a SIS-based nerve wrap with integrated microhooks that enable suture-free coaptation of peripheral nerves potentially allowing for simpler, consistent quick repairs compared to using typical hollow tube conduits and nerve wraps. Also in 2022, L&C Bio Co. LTD from South Korea registered as a human nerve allograft processor and distributor with the FDA, however, such a product is not currently sold in the U.S. market, and we believe such product would require a biologics license for commercialization. Moreover, a Chinese company provides a human peripheral nerve allograft in China; however, such product is not sold in our markets of interest because of the protection afforded by our IP. Due to our resource allocation, size, and relatively early stage, we may face competitive challenges from these new products or existing products and barriers that are difficult to overcome and could negatively impact our growth.

We must maintain high quality processing of our products.

Our Avance Nerve Graft is processed through our Avance Method, which requires careful calibration and precise, high-quality processing and manufacturing. Achieving precision and quality control requires skill and diligence by our personnel. If we fail to achieve and maintain these high levels of quality control and processing standards, including avoidance of processing errors, defects, or product failures, we could experience recalls or withdrawals of our product, delays in delivery, cost overruns or other problems that would adversely affect our business. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of errors, defects or failures and could experience quality system issues where corrective actions must be taken. In addition, we may experience difficulties in scaling-up processing of our Avance products, including problems related to yields, quality control and assurance, tissue availability, adequacy of control policies and procedures, and lack of skilled personnel. If we are unable to process and produce our human tissue products on a timely basis, at acceptable quality and costs, and in sufficient quantities, or if we experience unanticipated technological problems or delays in production, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects would be adversely affected.

Our revenue depends upon prompt and adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and national health systems.

Political, societal, economic, and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the U.S. healthcare industry. The ability of a hospital or an ambulatory surgery center to pay fees for our products depends in part on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our products specifically, the procedures associated with the use of our products, or both. Providers that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures performed with our products or the products themselves. Therefore, adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, are important for obtaining product acceptance and widespread adoption in the marketplace.

When our products are used in the operating room of a hospital, they are commonly treated as general supplies utilized in surgery, and the cost is included in payment to the facility for the procedure. When Avance Nerve Graft and Axoguard

P40

Table of Content

Connector are used in an outpatient setting where the nerve repair is the primary reason for the procedure, facilities may use a Category I CPT code to facilitate payment.

In January 2018, the American Medical Association created a Category I CPT code (64912) specific to nerve repair with nerve allograft (Avance Nerve Graft) and a separate code (+64913) for each additional strand of allograft used in a procedure. Category I CPT codes are used by providers to facilitate payment to the provider (either hospital or ambulatory surgery center) for outpatient procedures. Additionally, Category I CPT codes are used to facilitate payment to the surgeon, for both time spent in outpatient and inpatient procedures. Prior to January 2018, there was no designated Category I CPT code for nerve repair cases that included nerve allograft. The Category I CPT code specific to nerve repair with nerve allograft, has allowed for nerve allograft repair cases to be uniquely identified in the Medicare claims data. This in turn allowed CMS visibility to nerve allograft nerve procedure costs, and thereby confirm that nerve allograft qualified as a device intensive procedure.

Another important change in nerve repair reimbursement occurred in January 2020, when most direct repair procedures were moved from the higher paying level 2 nerve repair Ambulatory Payment Category 5432 to the lower paying level 1 Ambulatory Payment Category 5431, thus aligning payment rates more consistently with the lesser costs of a direct repair.

As a result of the allograft device intensive status and direct repair Ambulatory Payment Category realignment, CMS reimbursement rates for nerve repair in the outpatient setting have changed significantly during the last two years. With the new 2023 CMS reimbursement rates for nerve repair in the outpatient setting that became effective January 1st, reimbursement for procedures using Avance have increased 35% in hospital outpatient centers and 115% in ambulatory surgery centers since 2019. During this same timeframe, reimbursement rates for procedures involving conduits and connectors also increased 35% in hospital outpatient centers and 49% in ambulatory surgery centers. While Medicare patients represent a relatively small percentage of trauma cases, CMS’ direction often influences commercial payor policies and payments.

The process for securing coding for a product or procedure is separate from the process of securing coverage and establishing a reimbursement payment rate. In the U.S., coverage and reimbursement for medical devices varies among payors. In addition, payors review coverage policies on an ongoing basis and can change or deny coverage for these new products and procedures without notice. We estimate that commercial payors covering a significant number of U.S. covered lives have legacy non-coverage policies relating to our Avance Nerve Graft and our Axoguard product lines, designating these products investigational or experimental. Some commercial payors do not currently cover or reimburse our products because they have determined insufficient evidence of favorable clinical outcomes is available. Although some payors consider Avance Nerve Graft and our Axoguard product lines investigational or experimental at this time, these payors may in the future determine sufficient evidence has been developed to cover and reimburse our products and related procedures. In partnership with healthcare providers, we are working actively to reverse these non-coverage decisions and have been successful with several regional plans. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to be successful in these efforts. If we are not successful in reversing existing non-coverage policies, or if other third-party payors issue similar policies, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Further, third-party payors who currently cover and reimburse customers for procedures using our products may in the future choose to decrease current levels of reimbursement or eliminate reimbursement altogether, which would cause our business to suffer.

The amount of reimbursement received by our customers from third-party payors is dependent generally on fee schedules established by these payors for the existing CPT codes. For governmental payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, the fee schedule amount is determined by statutory and regulatory formulas as previously discussed. For commercial payors, the reimbursement amount generally is dependent upon the specific contract terms between the provider and payor. We cannot provide assurance that government or commercial payors will continue to reimburse for procedures with our products using the existing codes, nor can we provide assurance that the payment rates will be adequate. If providers and physicians are unable to obtain reimbursement for the procedure at adequate levels when use of our products is included, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers may not purchase our products if they do not receive payment sufficient to cover the cost of our products and related procedures. In addition, in the event that the current coding and/or payment methodology for these procedures changes, this could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Additionally, healthcare law and policy changes may have a material adverse effect on our revenues. See: “Risk Factors – Healthcare law and policy changes may have a material adverse effect on us.”

Negative publicity concerning methods of donating human tissue and screening of donated tissue may reduce demand for our products and negatively impact the supply of available donor tissue.

We are highly dependent on our ability to recover human peripheral nerve tissue from tissue donors for our Avance Nerve Graft product. The availability of acceptable donors is relatively limited, and this availability is impacted by regulatory changes,

P41

Table of Content

general public opinion of the donation process, and our reputation for handling the donation process. Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease transmission from donated tissue, including bones and tendons, may limit widespread acceptance of our Avance Nerve Graft. Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both in the U.S. and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to transmission of disease, may broadly affect the rate of future tissue donation and market acceptance of allograft technologies and donated tissue use. Potential patients may not be able to distinguish our products, technologies, and tissue recovery and processing procedures from others engaged in tissue recovery. In addition, unfavorable reports could make families of our potential donors or donors themselves from whom we are required to obtain consent before processing tissue reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors. Any disruption in the supply caused by these publicity issues could have a material impact for our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

The failure of third parties to perform many necessary services for the commercialization of our products, including services related to recovery/acquisition, sterilization, distribution, and transportation, would impair our ability to meet commercial demand.

We rely upon third parties for certain recovery/acquisition, sterilization, distribution, and transportation services for our products. For example, the Avance Nerve Graft processing consists of several steps, and we use a number of recovery and/or acquisition agencies to supply the human tissue needed for these products. While we believe our current contracts and the ability to enter into future contracts will provide us with the tissues required for the products, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain the tissue that we need in the future. Disruptions in the tissue supply may adversely impact both tissue products and our overall business. If any of the third parties that we rely upon in our recovery/acquisition, distribution or transportation process fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or otherwise do not carry out their contractual duties, experience delays due to macroeconomic factors, or encounter physical damage or natural disaster at their facilities, our ability to deliver product to meet commercial demand may be significantly impaired, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

We are dependent on our relationships with independent agencies to generate a material portion of our revenue.

We derive material revenue through our relationships with independent agencies. In 2023, approximately 10% of global product revenue was generated through independent agencies. If certain agency relationships were terminated or discontinued for any reason, it could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and profit. If we require additional agencies, we may not be able to find additional agencies who will agree to market and distribute our products on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to establish new agency relationships or renew certain current distribution agreements on commercially acceptable terms, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be materially and adversely impacted.

If we do not manage product inventory in an effective and efficient manner, it could adversely affect profitability.

Many factors affect the efficient use and planning of product inventory, such as our ability to predict demand for donor tissue, prepare manufacturing to meet that demand and product mix and handle product expiration. We may be unable to manage our inventory efficiently, keep inventory within expected budget goals, keep our work-in-process inventory on hand or manage it efficiently, control expired product or keep sufficient product on hand to meet demand. Finally, we can provide no assurance that we can keep inventory costs within our target levels, particularly in light of overall cost increases due to global inflation. Failure to do so may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

There may be significant fluctuations in our operating results.

Significant quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations may be caused by, among other factors, our volume of revenue, seasonal changes in nerve repair activity, timing of sales force expansion, unforeseen restrictions on our ability to access healthcare providers such as inflationary pressures, competitive factors and general economic conditions. There can be no assurance that the level of revenue and profit, if any, we achieve in any particular fiscal period, will not be significantly lower than in other comparable fiscal periods. Our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations as to future revenue. As a result, if future revenue is below expectations, net income or loss may be disproportionately affected by a reduction in revenue, as any corresponding reduction in expenses may not be proportionate to the reduction in revenue.

We may not be successful in our efforts to build a pipeline of additional product candidates.

We may not be able to continue to identify and develop new product candidates in addition to our current pipeline. Even if we are successful in continuing to build our pipeline, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for

P42

Table of Content

clinical development or achieve market acceptance. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates based upon our approach, we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.

We may be unsuccessful in commercializing our products outside the U.S.

To date, we have focused our commercialization efforts in the U.S., except for minor revenue in certain foreign countries. We intend to expand distribution and sales outside the U.S. and will need to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, including obtaining the requisite approvals to do so. The regulatory environment for our portfolio of products is complex. Avance Nerve Graft is distributed in Canada, the UK, and certain other countries. We received approval to distribute Avance Nerve Graft in Germany in December 2019. Avance use in Spain currently requires approval for each case to be approved by tissue authorities under an alternative therapies designation. The Axoguard Nerve Connector and Nerve Protector CE Mark has been renewed as of May 2021 by Cook Biotech.

Further, we will need to either enter into distribution agreements with third parties or develop a direct sales force in foreign markets. If we do not obtain adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the U.S., we may be unable to develop and grow our revenue internationally. Outside of the U.S., reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many ex-U.S. markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for medical devices, implants, and procedures. Some ex-U.S. reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. If we are unable to successfully commercialize our products internationally, our long-term growth prospects may be limited.

We incur costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we incur legal, accounting, and other expenses to comply with relevant securities laws and regulations, including without limitation, the requirement of establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management devotes substantial time and financial resources to these compliance initiatives. Failure to comply with public company requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, activity by shareholders or others that bring into question aspects of our business, financial reporting, or management’s integrity, whether based on facts, beliefs or baseless and contrived for individual economic gain, can have a negative impact on the price of our stock and can result in substantial time and financial resources being expended to address the situation.

Changes in the tax code could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital investments.

In recent years, political discourse has centered on potential changes in tax laws or tax rulings. Certain of these changes could negatively affect our financial condition. In addition, our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments may be limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and it is possible that certain transactions or a combination of certain transactions may result in material additional limitations on our ability to use our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment in which We Operate

Our Avance Nerve Graft product is currently distributed pursuant to enforcement discretion and a transition plan with the FDA, however we expect to complete the rolling BLA submission for the Avance Nerve Graft in the third quarter of 2024. If the FDA does not approve our BLA, approves a narrower indication than Avance Nerve Graft’s current use or otherwise limits use of our Avance Nerve Graft product it would have a significant impact on our revenues and thus would have a material adverse effect on us.

The FDA considers our Avance Nerve Graft product to be a biological product, subject to BLA approval requirements. Although the Avance Nerve Graft product has not yet been approved by the FDA through a BLA, it is currently distributed under the controls applicable to an HCT/P regulated under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and 21 CFR Part 1271 of FDA’s regulations, subject to FDA’s enforcement discretion and our compliance with a transition plan established by the FDA. See “Business — Government Regulations — U.S. Government Regulation Overview.” We have continued to communicate with CBER since the acceptance of the transition plan on clinical trial design, pre-clinical studies, CMC for Avance Nerve Graft, and other issues related to the effective IND. Subject to the FDA’s enforcement discretion, we can commercially distribute Avance Nerve Graft until the FDA makes a final determination on an Avance Nerve Graft BLA submission, assuming we remain in compliance with the transition plan and exercise due diligence in executing the transition

P43

Table of Content

plan. In the event that the FDA becomes dissatisfied with our progress or actions with respect to the transition plan or the FDA changes its position for any reason regarding its use of enforcement discretion to permit us to distribute the Avance Nerve Graft product in accordance with the transition plan, we would no longer be able to distribute Avance Nerve Graft, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial viability. In addition, if we do not meet the conditions of the transition plan, or fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA could impose civil penalties, including fines, product seizures, injunctions, or product recalls and, in certain cases, criminal sanctions. We expect to complete the rolling BLA submission for the Avance Nerve Graft in the third quarter of 2024, and if the FDA does not approve the BLA, narrows the Avance Nerve Graft indication, takes negative action on the BLA, or limits the use of our Avance Nerve Graft product for any other reason, our operations and financial viability would be significantly negatively impacted as we may no longer be able to distribute our Avance Nerve Graft product or the demand for the Avance Nerve Graft product could drop due to limitations on use.

These consequences also would have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial viability. Additionally, approximately 60% of our total revenues are from sales of Avance Nerve Graft, any change in position by the FDA regarding its use of enforcement discretion to permit the sale of Avance Nerve Graft or a negative action on the BLA could have a material negative impact on our revenues and our operations. For additional information see: “Risk Factors - Approximately 60% of our total revenues are from sales of Avance Nerve Graft.”

Our business is subject to continuing regulatory compliance by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly and could result in negative effects on our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation by foreign and domestic government entities, including compliance with regulations governing appropriate relationships with healthcare professionals, such as physicians, hospitals, and those to whom and through whom we may market our products. We are subject to various federal, state, and territorial laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions in which we conduct business. These include, for example, anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, healthcare fraud, waste, and abuse laws, and anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Violations of these laws can be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, fines, imprisonment and, within the U.S., exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, and Veterans Administration health programs. These laws are administered and enforced by, among others, the DOJ, which issued new compliance guidance in 2020, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, state attorneys general, and their respective counterparts in the applicable foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Many of these agencies have increased their enforcement activities with respect to drug and medical device manufacturers in recent years. There can also be changes to the regulations by foreign and domestic government entities that require us to update or upgrade business processes or to perform additional validation activities for product or processes. Compliance with such changes can be costly to implement or result in non-compliance, thus restricting the ability to distribute tissue or sell products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Our products are also subject to regulation by the FDA in the U.S. The FDA regulates the development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, requirements for commercial marketing and distribution, manufacturing and quality, safety, labeling, and promotion of medical products including human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products (HCT/Ps), medical devices, and biological products. The FDA requires the pre-market approval of a biological product, like Avance Nerve Graft, through a BLA, prior to marketing. Although the Avance Nerve Graft product has not yet been approved by FDA through a BLA, FDA outlined a transition plan subject to FDA enforcement discretion, that we: (1) transition to compliance with section 501(a)(2)(B) of the FD&C Act, the cGMP regulations in 21 CFR Parts 210 and 211 and the applicable regulations and standards in 21 CFR Parts 600-610 prior to initiation of a phase 3 clinical trial designed to demonstrate the safety, purity, and potency of Avance Nerve Graft; (2) conduct a phase 3 clinical trial to demonstrate safety, purity, and potency of Avance Nerve Graft under an SPA; (3) continue to comply with the requirements of 21 CFR Part 1271; and (4) exercise due diligence in executing the transition plan. See “Business — Government Regulations — U.S. Government Regulation Overview.”

The FDA also regulates medical devices, for example the Axoguard products, and generally requires them to be cleared through the 510(k) pre-market notification process prior to marketing or through other pre-market approval processes. The FDA’s pre-market review process for new and modified existing devices that precedes product marketing can be time consuming and expensive. Some of the future products and enhancements to such products that we expect to develop, and market may require marketing clearance or approval from the FDA.

There can be no assurance, however, that clearance or approval will be granted with respect to any of our medical device products or enhancements of marketed products or that our Avance Nerve Graft will meet FDA’s requirements for continued marketing and transition to a BLA or ultimately an approved BLA. FDA review of our devices or biological products may encounter significant delays during FDA’s pre-market review process that would adversely affect our ability to market our

P44

Table of Content

products or enhancements. In addition, there can be no assurance that our products, including the Avance Nerve Graft, or enhancements will not be subject to a lengthy and expensive approval process with the FDA. Moreover, the FDA could decide to revoke its enforcement discretion or change the terms of enforcement discretion for Avance Nerve Graft at any time. In addition, any products regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act are a product category under close scrutiny by FDA for compliance with the regulatory requirements and potentially subject to regulatory change in the future. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could expose us to potential compliance actions by FDA or other regulators and could risk the commercial availability of the product.

It is possible that if regulatory clearances or approvals to market a product are obtained from the FDA, the clearances or approvals may contain limitations on the indicated uses of such product and other uses may be prohibited. Product approvals by the FDA can also be withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial approval. The FDA may require post marketing clinical studies or other activities that may add cost or limit marketing of the product. Furthermore, the FDA could limit or prevent the distribution of our products, and the FDA has the authority to require the recall of such products. FDA regulations depend heavily on administrative interpretation, and there can be no assurance that future interpretations made by the FDA or other regulatory bodies will not adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. We, and our facilities, may be inspected by the FDA from time to time to determine compliance with various regulations relating to specifications, development, documentation, validation, testing, manufacturing, quality control and product labeling. A determination that we are in violation of such regulations could lead to imposition of civil penalties, including fines, product recalls or product seizures and, in certain cases, criminal sanctions.

Our Axoguard products are subject to FDA and international regulatory requirements.

Our Axoguard product line is regulated as a medical device in the U.S. and international countries where we market Axoguard products. In the U.S., Axoguard product line is regulated under the FD&C Act and subject to pre-market notification and clearance requirements under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, 21 CFR Part 820 (Quality System Regulation) and other FDA regulations. In the rest of the world, each region (such as the E.U.) or country has their independent international regulations such as the Medical Device Regulations (CE Mark) in Europe, UK Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA), and Taiwan Pharmaceutical Affairs Act.

We distribute Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector products for Cook Biotech, and Cook Biotech is responsible for the regulatory compliance of these products. In the U.S., Cook Biotech has obtained a 510(k) pre-market clearance for Axoguard Nerve Connector from the FDA for porcine (pig) small intestine submucosa for the repair of peripheral nerve transections where gap closure can be achieved by flexion of the extremity. Cook Biotech has also obtained a 510(k) pre-market clearance for Axoguard Nerve Protector for the repair of peripheral nerve damage in which there is no gap or where a gap closure is achieved by flexion of the extremity. In countries where Axoguard is marketed, Cook Biotech has obtained regulatory clearance with the same indications except for Europe and the UK. For the CE Mark, the Axoguard Nerve Protector indication is the same; however, for Axoguard Nerve Connector, the indication is more specific - “The Axoguard Nerve Connector is indicated for the repair of peripheral nerve discontinuities with gaps up to 5 mm.”

We are the authorization holder of the Axoguard Nerve Cap and Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector. We have obtained 510(k) pre-market clearance for Axoguard Nerve Cap, indicated to protect a peripheral nerve end and to separate the nerve from surrounding environment to reduce the development of symptomatic or painful neuroma. We have obtained two 510(k) pre-market clearances for Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector, The first 510(k) K223640 was cleared on April 7, 2023, indicated for the management and protection of peripheral nerve injuries where there is no gap. The second 510(k) K231708 was cleared on October 12, 2023 expanding the indication to the management and protection of peripheral nerve injuries where there is no gap, or following closure of the gap.

If we or Cook Biotech fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the regulatory bodies in each country could deny or withdraw regulatory clearance/approval for the Axoguard products, or impose civil penalties, including fines, product seizures or product recalls and, in certain cases, criminal sanctions.

Our Axotouch product is subject to FDA and other regulatory requirements.

Our Axotouch product is regulated as a Class I exempt medical device under the FD&C Act and not subject to pre-market notification and clearance requirements under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, 21 CFR Part 820 (Quality System Regulation) and other FDA regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA could require a 510(k) for the product, or impose civil penalties, including fines, product seizures or product recalls and, in certain cases, criminal sanctions, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Our operations must comply with FDA and other governmental requirements.

P45

Table of Content

Our operations require us to comply with the FDA’s and other governmental authorities’ laws and regulations on topics including the manufacture and production and sales and marketing of medical products, and compliance efforts related to such laws is costly, and failure to comply could subject us to enforcement action. See “Business — Government Regulations — Education Grants, U.S. Anti-kickback, False Claims and Other Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws — Fraud, Abuse and False Claims." Enforcement actions could impair our ability to produce products in a cost-effective and timely manner to meet customer demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have an adverse impact on our future revenue and our ability to generate profits. Furthermore, our key material suppliers, licensors and or other contractors may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

Healthcare providers and facilities, and third-party payors, often play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any currently marketed products and product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers and facilities, third-party payors and customers, and our sales, marketing, and educational activities, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations (at the federal and state level) that may constrain our business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell, and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, our operations are also subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse, and payment transparency laws and regulations.

Payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers, and other financial interests, have been the subject of a range of federal and state laws. The federal physician payment transparency requirements, sometimes referred to as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, was created under the Affordable Care Act ("ACA"). The Sunshine Act, among other things, imposes reporting requirements on drug manufacturers for payments or other transfers of value made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians, other healthcare providers, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level healthcare practitioners, and their immediate family members. Reporting relative to these mid-level practitioners began in 2022 for payments or other transfers of value in 2021, which could increase the likelihood of a mistake in submission or failure to submit the required information by that group. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an additional aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures,” for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. Additionally, certain states also mandate implementation of compliance programs, impose restrictions on marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians and other HCPs.

In addition to the federal fraud, waste, and abuse laws noted, there are analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, and other state laws addressing the medical product and healthcare industries, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and in some cases may apply regardless of payor, i.e., even if reimbursement is not available. Some state laws require pharmaceutical or device companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines (the PhRMA Code and AdvaMed Code) and the relevant compliance program guidance promulgated by the federal government (HHS-OIG) in addition to other requirements, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Distribution of our human tissue products outside the U.S. are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary from country to country. In the E.U., human tissue regulations, if applicable, differ from one E.U. member state to the next. Because of the absence of a harmonized regulatory framework and the proposed regulation for advanced therapy medicinal products in the E.U., as well as for other countries, the approval process for human derived cell or tissue based medical products may be extensive, lengthy, expensive, and unpredictable. Our products are subject to E.U. member states’ regulations that govern the donation, procurement, testing, coding, traceability, processing, preservation, storage, and distribution of human tissues and cells and cellular or tissue-based products. In addition, some E.U. member states have their own tissue banking regulations. The inability to meet foreign regulatory requirements could materially affect our future growth and compliance with such requirements could place a significant financial burden on us. As a result of Brexit, we cannot be sure what changes could occur or what the cost of regulatory compliance with the UK would be. Accordingly, the cost of regulatory compliance for sales outside the U.S. can be significant and time consuming.

Finally, regulatory expectations in both the U.S. and other countries are subject to constant change. There can be no assurance that we can meet the requirements of future regulations and guidance or that compliance with current regulations and guidance assures future capability to distribute and sell our products.

P46

Table of Content

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation and the reputation of our products, which could result in injuries leading to product liability suits, and could be costly to our business, and/or result in FDA sanctions.

If our products are misused or used for off-label purposes, our reputation and our product’s reputation may suffer, injuries could occur, which may lead to product liability litigation, or we may be subject to FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in off-label promotion. We are seeking a biologics license through the BLA process for specific uses of Avance Nerve Graft. Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA requirements and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition against off-label promotion. Our promotion of the Axoguard products, which are regulated as medical devices, also must comply with FDA’s requirements, and must only use labeling that is consistent with the specific indication(s) for use included in the FDA substantial equivalence order that results in marketing the devices. The FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s use of a medical product within the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from using our products for an off-label use. However, the FD&C Act and the FDA’s regulations restrict the kind of promotional communications that may be made about our products, and if the FDA determines that our promotional or training materials constitute the unlawful promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify training or promotional materials and/or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, civil money penalties, seizure, injunction or criminal fines, and penalties. Other federal, state, or foreign governmental authorities might also take action if they consider our promotion or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement, or exclusion from participation in federal health programs. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and our products’ use in the marketplace could be impaired.

There may be increased risk of injury if physicians or others attempt to use our products off-label. Furthermore, the use of our product for indications other than those for which our products have been approved, cleared, or licensed by the FDA may not effectively treat the conditions not referenced in product indications, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. Physicians may also misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained in the particular use, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability litigation. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention from our primary business and result in substantial damage awards against us. Any of these events could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Our business is subject to continuing compliance with standards set by various accreditation and registration bodies, which is costly, and loss of accreditation or registration could result in negative effects on our business.

We are subject to accreditation such as that by the AATB and as a National Association of Boards of Pharmacy (NABP) Accredited Drug Distributors. We have registration requirements such as that with ISO 13485 registration bodies. These accreditations and registration standards can affect distribution and sale of our products on a state-by-state basis, within the U.S. and also affects distribution and sale of our products outside of the U.S. The loss of accreditation or registration could keep us from selling and distributing our products, which may have negative effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Defective products could lead to recall or other negative business conditions.

If our products are defective or otherwise pose safety risks, the FDA could require their recall, or we may initiate a voluntary recall of our products. The FDA may require recall of a marketed medical device product, such as the Axoguard products, in the event that it determines the medical device presents a reasonable probability of serious adverse health consequences or death. However, most device recalls do not rise to this level of health significance and result from voluntary action. The FDA has authority to recall biological products when a batch, lot or other quantity of the product presents an imminent or substantial hazard to the public health. However, in such circumstances, the FDA usually initially requests voluntary recalls of biological products, such as the Avance Nerve Graft. If a company does not comply with an FDA request for a recall, the FDA can order one under the above-referenced circumstances or take other enforcement actions, such as product seizure. In addition, manufacturers may, on their own initiative, recall a product to remove or correct a deficiency or to remedy a violation of the FD&C Act that may pose a risk to health. A government-mandated, government-requested, or voluntary recall could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, reports of safety issues, failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies, and issues. Recalls and other field corrections for any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. A recall could adversely impact our reputation with customers and our sales. If the FDA were to disagree with our internal determinations and decision making relative to potential recalls (including corrections and removal), we could be subject to further regulatory or enforcement action against.

P47

Table of Content

If our products cause or contribute to a death, a serious injury, or any adverse reaction involving a communicable disease, or malfunction in certain ways, we will be subject to reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions. See “Business — Regulation — Education Grants, U.S. Anti-kickback, False Claims and Other Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws.” If we fail to report these events to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, the FDA could take regulatory or enforcement action against us. Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall, or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require the dedication of time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may adversely impact our reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Clinical trials can be long and expensive, and results are ultimately uncertain.

We are required to perform a clinical trial for our Avance Nerve Graft under FDA’s statutory requirements to obtain approval of a BLA for the product. This trial is subject to FDA approval and there is a risk that the FDA may not agree that the data supports the conclusions of the study which could jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approval and continue to market our Avance Nerve Graft product.

The results of pre-clinical studies do not necessarily predict future clinical trial results and predecessor clinical trial results may not be repeated in subsequent clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and may require the company to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, or not approve our BLA. If we are unable to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of our product through our clinical trials, we will be unable to obtain regulatory approval to market the Avance Nerve Graft, and we will not be able to continue to provide it.

We expect to complete the rolling BLA submission for the Avance Nerve Graft in the third quarter of 2024. We will provide the FDA with supportive clinical evidence based on published literature, preclinical data and the RANGER study data. The FDA could take negative action on the BLA or could approve the BLA but restrict the Avance Nerve Graft labeling if the FDA does not agree with the data is sufficiently supportive of the application. Restrictions to our labeling could have an adverse effect on Avance Nerve Graft commercialization.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, and they may not perform as contractually required or expected.

We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations (“CROs”), medical institutions, clinical investigators, and contract laboratories to conduct our clinical trials and certain nonclinical studies. We and our CROs are required to comply with all applicable regulations governing clinical research, including good clinical practice (“GCP”). The FDA enforces these regulations through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators, CROs and trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable FDA regulations, the data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our applications. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities will determine that our clinical trial complies or complied with clinical trial regulations, including GCP. In addition, our clinical trial must be conducted with product produced under applicable GCP regulations. Failure to comply with the clinical trial regulations, including GCP, may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Further, if these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, need to be replaced, or the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our non-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we would not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects would be adversely affected. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control.

U.S. governmental regulation could restrict the use of our Avance Nerve Graft product, restrict our procurement of tissue or increase costs.

In addition to the FDA requirements for biological products, Avance Nerve Graft will continue to be subject to various requirements for human tissue under 21 CFR Part 1271. Human tissues intended for transplantation have been regulated by the FDA since 1993. In May 2005, three new comprehensive regulations went into effect that address manufacturing activities associated with HCT/P. The first regulation requires that companies that produce and distribute HCT/Ps register with the FDA. The second regulation provides criteria that must be met for donors to be eligible to donate tissues and is referred to as the “Donor Eligibility” rule. The third regulation governs the processing and distribution of the tissues and is often referred to as the “Current Good Tissue Practices” rule. The Current Good Tissue Practices rule covers all stages of allograft processing, from procurement of tissue to distribution of final allografts. Together, the three basic requirements of 21 CFR Part 1271 are

P48

Table of Content

designed to ensure that sound, high quality practices are followed to reduce the risk of tissue contamination and of communicable disease transmission to recipients. These regulations increased regulatory scrutiny within the industry in which we operate and have led to increased enforcement actions, which affects the conduct of our business. In addition, guidance was issued by the FDA in November 2017 and revised in July 2020 on Regulatory Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use, which could have potential implications on future HCT/P products being evaluated by us.

Additional regulations or guidance documents may be implemented by the FDA in the future. These changes may impose new documentation requirements, process changes or testing that could increase costs, and regulatory burden. See “Business — Government Regulations.” These regulations can also increase the cost of tissue recovery activities. Finally, Avance Nerve Graft is subject to certain state and local regulations, as well as compliance with the standards of the tissue bank industry’s accrediting organization, the AATB.

The procurement and transplantation of allograft nerve tissue is also subject to federal law pursuant to the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), a criminal statute that prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used in human transplantation, including nerve and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.” NOTA only permits reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, quality control, implantation, and storage of human nerve tissue. We make payments to certain of our clients and tissue banks for their services related to recovering allograft nerve and umbilical cord tissue on our behalf. If NOTA is interpreted or enforced in a manner that prevents us from receiving payment for services we render or prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients for the services they render for us, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We have engaged, through marketing employees, independent sales agents and sales representatives, in ongoing efforts designed to educate the medical community as to our products’ benefits, and we intend to continue our educational activities. Although we believe that NOTA permits payments in connection with these educational efforts as reasonable payments associated with the processing, transportation and implantation of our products, payments in connection with such education efforts are not exempt from NOTA’s restrictions and our inability to make such payments in connection with these education efforts may prevent us from paying our sales representatives and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. No federal agency or court has determined whether NOTA is, or will be, applicable to every allograft nerve tissue-based material that our processing technologies may generate. Assuming that NOTA applies to our processing of allograft nerve and umbilical cord tissue, we believe that we comply with NOTA, but there can be no assurance that more restrictive interpretations of, or amendments to, NOTA will not be adopted in the future, which would call into question one or more aspects of our method of operations.

Other regulatory entities include state agencies with statutes covering tissue banking. Regulations issued by Florida, New York, California, and Maryland, among other states, are particularly relevant to our business. Most states do not currently have tissue banking regulations. However, incidents of allograft related issues in the industry may stimulate the development of regulation in other states. It is possible that third parties may make allegations against us or against donor recovery groups or tissue banks about non-compliance with applicable FDA regulations or other relevant statutes or regulations. Allegations like these could cause regulators or other authorities to take investigative or other action or could cause negative publicity for our business and the industry in which we operate.

Healthcare law and policy changes may have a material adverse effect on us.

In the U.S. there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect our ability, or the ability of our collaborators, to profitably sell any products for which we obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we, or our collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

In the future, there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the U.S. healthcare system. Future legislation, federal agency regulations and Presidential Executive Orders may impact the healthcare system in ways important to our business. Adoption of certain proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products and could also limit the acceptance and availability of our products. The adoption of some or all of these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Additionally, initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector in the U.S. and elsewhere to limit the growth of healthcare costs, especially for drugs and biologics, including price regulation and policies

P49

Table of Content

regarding generic drugs and biosimilars, are ongoing in markets where we do business. For example, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into law. The IRA includes several provisions to lower prescription drug costs for people with Medicare and reduce drug spending by the federal government, including allowing Medicare to negotiate prices for certain prescription drugs, requiring drug manufacturers to pay a rebate to the federal government if prices for single-source drugs and biologics covered under Medicare Part B and nearly all covered drugs under Part D increase faster than the rate of inflation (CPI-U), and limiting out of pocket spending for Medicare Part D enrollees. Implementation of the drug price negotiation provisions of the IRA began in 2023 and will continue to be implemented over the next several years. Multiple pharmaceutical manufacturers have challenged the law in court, largely on constitutional grounds. These suits will continue through 2024 and the ultimate effects of such legal challenges are unclear. At this time, we continue to evaluate the effect of the IRA on our business operations and financial condition and results as the full impact of the IRA remains uncertain. Additionally, on October 14, 2022, President Biden signed Executive Order 14087 on “Lowering Prescription Drug Costs for Americans.” The Executive Order specifically requests that the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation consider “models that may lead to lower cost sharing for commonly used drugs and support value-based payment that supports high-quality care.” Continued government efforts to lower healthcare costs would affect our market materially. We could experience an adverse impact on operating results due to increased pricing pressure in the U.S. and in other markets. Governments, hospitals, pharmacy benefit managers, and other third-party payors could reduce the amount of approved reimbursement for our products, deny coverage altogether, or impose new requirements on manufacturers to justify their prices. Reductions in reimbursement levels or coverage or other cost-containment measures could unfavorably affect our future operating results.

We could be subject to civil or criminal penalties if we are found to have violated laws protecting the confidentiality of health information, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.

There are a number of federal and state laws protecting the confidentiality of certain health information and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected information. In particular, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services promulgated privacy rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”). These privacy rules protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting their use and disclosure, giving individuals the right to access, amend and seek accounting of their own health information and limiting most use and disclosures of health information to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. If we are found to be in violation of the privacy rules under HIPAA, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities, harm our reputation, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Risks Related to Our IP

Failure to protect our IP rights could result in costly and time-consuming litigation and our loss of any potential competitive advantage.

Our success will depend, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully obtain and maintain patents, prevent misappropriation or infringement of IP, maintain trade secret protection, and conduct operations without violating or infringing on the IP rights of third parties. See “Business — Intellectual Property.” There can be no assurance that our patented and patent-pending technologies will provide us with a competitive advantage, that we will be able to develop or acquire additional technology that is patentable, or that third parties will not develop and offer technologies which are similar to ours. Moreover, we can provide no assurance that confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties, agreements to protect trade secrets or similar agreements intended to protect unpatented technology or prevent unauthorized use, disclosure, or misappropriation will not be breached by those third parties. IP litigation is extremely expensive and time-consuming, and it is often difficult to predict the outcome of such litigation. A failure by us to protect our IP, or a breach by third parties of agreements aimed at protecting our IP, could have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain and may impact our ability to successfully compete in our industry.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. We cannot ensure that:

•We, or our licensors, were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents;

•We, or our licensors, were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

•Others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

•Any of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents;

P50

Table of Content

•Any of our issued patents or those of our licensors are valid and enforceable;

•Any patents issued to us, or our collaborators will provide any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;

•We will develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

•The patents of others will not have a material adverse effect on our business rights; or

•The measures we rely on to protect our IP underlying our products are adequate to prevent third parties from using, disclosing, or misappropriating that IP, all of which could harm our ability to compete in the market.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability and the ability of our collaborators and licensors to avoid infringing patents and proprietary rights of third parties, which could expose us or our collaborators and licensors to litigation or commercially unfavorable licensing arrangements. Third parties may accuse us or collaborators and licensors of employing their proprietary technology without authorization in our products, or in the materials or processes used to make our products. Any legal action against our collaborators, licensors or those claiming damages and/or seeking to enjoin our commercial activities relating to the affected products, materials and processes could, in addition to subjecting us to potential liability for damages, require us or our collaborators and licensors to obtain a license to continue to utilize the affected materials or processes or to manufacture or market the affected products. We cannot predict whether we or our collaborators and licensors would prevail in any of these actions or whether any license required under any of these patents would be made available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we were unable to obtain such a license, we and our collaborators and licensors may be unable to continue to utilize the affected materials or processes, or manufacture or market the affected products, or we may be obligated by a court to pay substantial royalties and/or other damages to the patent holder. Even if we were able to obtain such a license, the terms of such a license could substantially reduce the commercial value of the affected product or products and impair our prospects for profitability. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether, or to what extent, the commercial value of the affected product or products or our prospects for profitability may be harmed as a result of any of the liabilities discussed above. Furthermore, infringement and other IP claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and can divert management’s attention from our core business. We and our collaborators and licensors may be unable to obtain and enforce IP rights to adequately protect our products and related IP, which could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

The patent protection for our products may expire before we are able to maximize their commercial value, which may subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate product revenue.

The patents for our commercialized products and products in development have varying expiration dates and, when these patents expire, we may be subject to increased competition, and we may not be able to recover our development costs. For example, the material U.S. patents covering the formulations used in our Axoguard product line, which are held by Cook Biotech, have expired. Expiration of these patents could adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business strategy to maximize the value of Axoguard products and could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Others may claim an ownership interest in our IP or claim that we infringe on their IP rights, which could expose us to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on our prospects.

A third party may claim an ownership interest in one or more of our patents or other IP. While we believe we own the right, title, and interest in the patents for which we or our licensors have applied and our other IP (including that which is licensed from third parties) and is presently unaware of any claims or assertions by third parties with respect to our patents or IP, we cannot guarantee that a third party will not assert a claim or an interest in any of such patents or IP.

Also, a third party may bring legal actions against us claiming we infringed their IP rights and seek monetary damages and/or enjoin clinical testing, manufacturing, and marketing of the affected product or products. There are many issued patents and pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, owned by third parties, potentially covering various medical devices and biological products. There may be patents owned by third parties that we are currently unaware of, with issued claims that cover one or more of our current or future products or use or manufacture of those products. Since patents may take many years to issue, there may be pending patent applications owned by third parties that may lead to issued claims that cover one or more of our current or future products or use or manufacture of those products.

If we become involved in any litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of our resources and cause a significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. If any of these actions were successful, in addition to any

P51

Table of Content

potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the affected product, in which case we may be required to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents. We cannot, however, assure that any such license will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other IP rights, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Further, the outcome of IP litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of the adverse party. This is especially true in IP cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts or the scope or meaning of patent claims upon which experts may reasonably disagree.

Our trademarks are valuable, and our business may be adversely affected if trademarks are not adequately protected.

In the U.S. and other countries, we currently hold trademark registrations and have trademark applications pending, any of which may be the subject of a governmental or third-party objection, which could prevent the maintenance or issuance of the same. As our products mature, our reliance on our trademarks to protect our brand, increase our name recognition and, in part, differentiate us from our competitors increases. As a result, if our trademark applications are not successful and if we are unable to prevent third parties from adopting, registering, or using trademarks, including trade dress, that infringe, dilute, or otherwise violate our trademark rights, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

New legislation or court precedent on patent law in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions may increase the uncertainties and costs for us to obtain and enforce patent claims broad enough to exclude others from making, using, or selling our current and future products. These changes in the patent law may also increase the uncertainties associated with the potential third party patent infringement claims against our current and future products. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. federal courts, the USPTO, or similar authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways to weaken our ability to obtain and enforce patent rights relevant to our products, and/or our ability to defend our business against third party infringement claims in the future.

Risks Related to Financing Our Business

Our credit facility and payment obligations under the Revenue Participation Agreement with Oberland Capital contain operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities, require cash payments over an extended period of time and are subject to acceleration in specified circumstances, which may result in Oberland Capital taking possession and disposing of any collateral.

Our credit facility with Oberland Capital contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business. Under the terms of the credit facility, we must maintain, and cause our subsidiaries to maintain, certain covenants, including with respect to limitations on new indebtedness, restrictions on the payment of dividends and maintenance of revenue levels. Our credit facility is collateralized by all of our assets including, among other things, our IP.

If we breach certain of our debt covenants and are unable to cure such breach, revert to the provided liquidity covenant or are not granted waivers in relation to such breach, it may constitute an event of default under the credit facility, giving Oberland Capital the right to require us to repay the then-outstanding debt immediately. If we are unable to pay the outstanding debt immediately, Oberland Capital could, among other things, foreclose on the collateral granted to them to collateralize such indebtedness. A breach of the covenants contained in the credit facility documents and the acceleration of its repayment obligations by Oberland Capital could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In connection with the credit facility, we entered into a Revenue Participation Agreement (“RPA”) with Oberland Capital. Pursuant to the RPA, we agreed to pay an additional quarterly royalty payment as a percentage of our net revenue, up to $70 million in any given fiscal year, subject to certain limitations set forth therein, during the period commencing on the later of (i) April 1, 2021 and (ii) the date of funding of a loan under the credit facility and ending on the date upon which all amounts owed under the Term Loan Agreement have been paid in full. Payments commenced on September 30, 2021, with the royalty structure resulting in approximately 1.5% per year of additional payments on the outstanding principal amount of the loans.

The credit facility and RPA could have important negative consequences to the holders of our securities. For example, a portion of our cash flow from operations will be needed to make payments to Oberland Capital and will not be available to fund

P52

Table of Content

future operations. Additionally, we may have increased vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions. Payment requirements under the credit facility and RPA will increase our cash outflows. Additionally, the credit facility and RPA contain complex provisions, which, if interpreted differently, could materially increase the amount of the payments due to Oberland Capital. Our future operating performance is subject to market conditions and business factors that are beyond our control. If our cash inflows and capital resources are insufficient to allow us to make required payments, we may have to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, or seek additional capital. If we raise funds by selling additional equity, such sale would result in dilution to our shareholders. There is no assurance that if we are required to secure funding, we can do so on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We may need to raise additional funds to finance our future capital or operating needs, which could have adverse impacts on our business, results of operations and the interests of our shareholders.

We may need to seek to raise funds through the issuance of public or private debt or the sale of equity to achieve our business strategy. If we raise funds, this could dilute the interests of our shareholders. Moreover, the availability of additional capital, whether debt or equity from private capital sources (including banks) or the public capital markets, fluctuates as our financial condition and industry or market conditions in general change. There may be times when the private capital markets and the public debt or equity markets lack sufficient liquidity or when our securities cannot be sold at attractive prices, in which case we would not be able to access capital from these sources on favorable terms, if at all. We can give no assurance as to the terms or availability of additional capital.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

An active trading market in our common stock may not be maintained.

The trading market in our common stock has been volatile. The quotation of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market does not assure that a meaningful, consistent, and liquid trading market will exist. We cannot predict whether an active market for our common stock will be maintained in the future. An absence of an active trading market could adversely affect our shareholders’ ability to sell our common stock at current market prices in short time periods, or possibly at all. Additionally, market visibility for our common stock may be limited and such lack of visibility may have a depressive effect on the market price for our common stock. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 28.1% of our outstanding shares of common stock was held by our officers, directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our securities and their respective affiliates, which adversely affects the liquidity of the trading market for our common stock, in as much as federal securities laws restrict sales of our shares by these shareholders. If our affiliates continue to hold their shares of common stock, there will be limited trading volume in our common stock, which may make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares or increase the volatility of our stock price.

The price of our common stock could be volatile due to a number of factors, which could lead to losses by investors and costly securities litigation.

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AXGN.” The stock market in general, and the market for medical technology companies in particular, have experienced and could in the future experience volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. The trading price of our common stock has experienced volatility and is likely to continue to be volatile in response to a number of factors including, without limitation, the following:

•Fluctuations in price and volume due to investor speculation, including short sales, social media speculation and other factors that may not be tied to our financial performance;

•Our performance in the execution of our business plan;

•Financial viability;

•Actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

•Announcements of developments by us or our competitors;

•Market conditions in our industry;

•Announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

P53

Table of Content

•Adoption of new accounting standards affecting our industry;

•Additions or departures of key personnel;

•Introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

•Sales of our common stock or other securities in the open market;

•Regulatory developments in both the U.S. and foreign countries;

•Performance of products sold and advertised by licensees in the marketplace;

•Economic and other external factors;

•Period-to-period fluctuations in financial results; and

•Other events or factors, including the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control.

The stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations. Such fluctuations have and could expose us to securities class action litigation, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The operation and expansion of our business will continue to require funding. We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if any investor purchases shares of common stock, realization of a gain on such investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

Anti-takeover provisions in Minnesota law may deter acquisition bids for us that you might consider favorable.

We are governed by the provisions of Sections 302A.671, 302A.673 and 302A.675 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”). These provisions may discourage a negotiated acquisition or unsolicited takeover of us and deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their common stock at a premium over the market price.

In general, Section 302A.671 of the MBCA provides that a corporation’s shares acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights unless voting rights are approved in a prescribed manner. A “control share acquisition” is a direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares that would, when added to all other shares beneficially owned by the acquiring person, entitle the acquiring person to have voting power of 20% or more in the election of directors.

In general, Section 302A.673 of the MBCA prohibits a public Minnesota corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of four years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The term “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales, and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of a corporation’s voting stock or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation, and who, at any time within four years before the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Section 302A.673 does not apply if a committee of our Board of Directors consisting of all of its disinterested directors (excluding current and former officers) approves the proposed transaction or the interested shareholder’s acquisition of shares before the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.

If a tender offer is made for our common stock, Section 302A.675 of the MBCA precludes the offeror from acquiring additional shares of stock (including in acquisitions pursuant to mergers, consolidations, or statutory share exchanges) within two years following the completion of the tender offer, unless shareholders selling their shares in the later acquisition are given the opportunity to sell their shares on terms that are substantially the same as those contained in the earlier tender offer. Section 302A.675 does not apply if a committee of our Board of Directors consisting of all of its disinterested directors (excluding its current and former officers) approves the proposed acquisition before any shares are acquired pursuant to the earlier tender offer.

P54

Table of Content

We are subject to legal proceedings from time to time. Legal proceedings, if decided adversely to or settled by us, and not covered by insurance, could result in liability material to our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Likewise, regardless of outcome, legal proceedings could result in substantial costs and expenses, affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage and significantly divert the attention of our management. There can be no assurance that we will be able to prevail in, or achieve a favorable settlement of, any pending or future legal proceedings to which we become subject. Even claims without merit could subject us to adverse publicity and require us to incur significant legal fees.

We may seek to expand our business in ways that could result in diversion of resources and extra expenses.

We may in the future pursue acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, establish joint venture arrangements, or make minority equity investments to expand our business. We are unable to predict whether or when any prospective acquisition, equity investment or joint venture will be completed. The process of negotiating potential acquisitions, joint ventures or equity investments, as well as the integration of acquired or jointly developed businesses, technologies or products may be prolonged due to unforeseen difficulties and may require a disproportionate amount of our resources and management’s attention. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition or investment candidates, complete acquisitions or investments, or integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures with our operations. If we were to make any acquisition or investment or enter into a joint venture, we may not receive the intended benefits of the acquisition, investment or joint venture or such an acquisition, investment or joint venture may not achieve comparable levels of revenues, profitability or productivity as our existing business or otherwise perform as expected. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. Future acquisitions, investments or joint ventures may require substantial capital resources, which may require us to seek additional debt or equity financing.

Future acquisitions, joint ventures or minority equity investments by us could result in the following, any of which could seriously harm our results of operations or the price of our stock:

•issuance of equity securities that would dilute our current shareholders’ percentages of ownership;

•large one-time write-offs or equity investment impairment write-offs;

•incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities;

•difficulties in the assimilation and integration of operations, personnel, technologies, products and information systems of the acquired companies;

•inability to realize cost efficiencies or synergies, thereby incurring higher operating expenditures as a result of the acquisition;

•diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

•contractual disputes;

•risks of entering geographic and business markets in which we have no or only limited prior experience; and

•potential loss of key employees of acquired organizations.

We may be subject to future product liability litigation, which could be expensive, and our insurance coverage may not be adequate.

Although we are not currently subject to any product liability proceedings and have no provision for product liability disbursements, we may incur material liabilities relating to product liability claims in the future, including product liability claims arising out of the usage of our products. Although we currently carry product liability insurance in an amount, we believe is consistent with industry averages, our insurance coverage and any provision we may maintain in the future for product related liabilities may not be adequate and our business, results of operations, financial conditions, and prospects could suffer material adverse consequences.

Loss of key members of management, who we need to succeed, could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends on the continued efforts of the members of our executive management team. Competition for experienced management personnel in the healthcare industry is intense. If one or more of our executives or other key personnel

P55

Table of Content

are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, or if we are unable to attract and retain high quality executives or key personnel in the future, our business, results of operations, financial conditions, and prospects may be adversely affected.

We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business and future operating results, which could cause a decline in our stock price.

We provide financial guidance about our business and future operating results. In developing this guidance, our management makes certain assumptions and judgments about our future operating performance, including projected hiring of sales professionals, continued increase of our market share, and continued stability of the macro-economic environment in our key markets. Furthermore, analysts and investors may develop and publish their own projections of our business, which may form a consensus about our future performance. Our business results may vary significantly from such guidance or that consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and which could adversely affect our operations and operating results. Furthermore, if we make downward revisions of our previously announced guidance, or if our publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to meet expectations of securities analysts, investors, or other interested parties, the market price of our common stock could decline. .

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by natural or man-made disasters or other similar events.

Neither the occurrence nor the potential impact of risks such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and other natural disasters, fire, power shortages, geopolitical unrest, war, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, epidemics or pandemics such as COVID-19 pandemic, outbreaks of RSV and the flu, nuclear disasters, international hostilities or other criminal activities and other events beyond our control and the control of the third parties on which we depend can be predicted. However, these occurrences could impact us directly as a result of damage to our facilities or by preventing us from conducting our business in the ordinary course, or indirectly as a result of their impact on our customers, suppliers, or other counterparties. We could also suffer adverse consequences to the extent that these disasters affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any particular region.

Additionally, climate change could present immediate and long-term risks to our industry and our customers. The potential for increased severe weather events could have a material adverse effect on our operations and infrastructure or the operations and infrastructure of our suppliers. In addition, the effects of climate change could include long-term changes in temperature levels and water availability, increased energy costs, and increased supply costs impacted by those increasing energy costs.

Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning, and our ability, if any, to anticipate the nature of any such event that occurs. The adverse impact of natural or man-made disasters also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses that we deal with, particularly those that we depend upon but have no control over.

Our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by the effects of an increased focus on environmental, social and governance issues.

Recently, shareholders have had an increased focus on environmental, social and governance ("ESG") issues, focusing on how companies are addressing climate change, diversity, and human rights, among other ESG-related issues. Our failure to comply with stakeholder expectations and standards regarding ESG issues, which are still evolving and can vary considerably, or the perception that we have not responded appropriately to ESG-related issues, could result in reputational harm, and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

The cost of mitigating or responding to ESG issues could be significant; however, these costs are too uncertain to predict. In addition, the approaches taken by the U.S. or foreign governments to regulate ESG issues, which may include legislative or regulatory changes, and new reporting requirements, could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects, and are too uncertain to predict.

We are currently operating in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability and tensions, Russia's ongoing invasion of Ukraine and illegal annexation of Ukrainian territories, and record inflation and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to the risk of changes in social, geopolitical, legal, and economic conditions. The global economy has been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and illegal annexation of Ukrainian

P56

Table of Content

territories. The negative impacts arising from the war and sanctions and export restrictions imposed by various countries, including those imposed by Russia, may include reduced consumer demand, supply chain disruptions, increased cybersecurity risks, and increased costs for transportation, energy, and raw materials. Additionally, further escalation of trade tensions between the U.S. and China, escalation of tensions between China and Taiwan, further escalation in the conflict between the State of Israel and Hamas, as well as further escalation of tensions between the State of Israel and various countries or terror organizations in the Middle East and North Africa, could result in a global economic slowdown and long-term changes to global trade. Although we do not have material operations in Russia, Ukraine, China, Taiwan, Israel, or other countries in the Middle East and North Africa, further escalation of geopolitical tensions could have a broader impact that expands into other markets where we have material operations, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, changes in domestic and global economic conditions, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, as well as other stimulus and spending programs, have led to higher inflation, which is likely to lead to increased costs and may cause changes in fiscal and monetary policy. Additionally, our ability to access capital markets and other funding sources in the future may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Impacts from inflationary pressures, such as increasing costs for research and development of our products, administrative and other costs of doing business, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, our customers could experience financial and operational pressures as a result of labor shortages, the supply chain disruptions, and increased inflation, which could impact their ability to access capital markets and other funding sources, increase cost of funding, or impede their ability to comply with debt covenants, which in turn could impede their ability to provide patient care, conduct further research and development, marketing and commercialization efforts, or impact their profitability. To the extent that our customers continue to face such financial pressures, it could impact their willingness to spend on our products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although, to date, our business has not been materially impacted by Russia's ongoing invasion of Ukraine and illegal annexation of Ukrainian territories, geopolitical tensions between China and the U.S. geopolitical tensions between China and Taiwan, the escalation of the conflict between the State of Israel and Hamas, or record inflation, it is impossible to predict the extent to which our operations could be impacted in the short and long term, or the ways in which such matters may impact our business.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, threats of international tariffs, and changes to the U.S. political landscape may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Rising threats of international tariffs, including tariffs applied to goods traded between the U.S. and China, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Over the past several years, legislative and executive action from U.S. and foreign leaders has led to both threats of and the imposition of tariffs on certain materials and products. The U.S. and China imposed tariffs or announced proposed tariffs to be applied in the future to certain of each other’s exports. Changes in political conditions in China and changes in the state of China-U.S. relations, including the current trade tensions, are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or financial condition. We cannot predict the extent to which the U.S. or other countries will impose quotas, duties, tariffs, taxes or other similar restrictions upon the import or export of our products in the future, nor can we predict future trade policy or the terms of any renegotiated trade agreements and their impact on our business. The adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, or other governmental action related to tariffs or trade agreements or policies has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, our customers, our suppliers, and the U.S. economy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

Our results of operations could be negatively affected by potential fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

We are exposed to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We are exposed to the risk of an increase or decrease in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar, which could increase the value of our expenses and decrease the value of our revenue when measured in U.S. Dollars. As a result, our results of operation may be influenced by the effects of future exchange rate fluctuations and such effects may have an adverse impact on our common stock price. Changes in the relative values of currencies occur regularly and, in some instances, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities as a result of our foreign operations.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We have operations in Canada, Germany, UK, Spain, and several other European, Asian, and Latin American countries. Significant judgment is required in

P57

Table of Content

determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many intercompany transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We are regularly under audit by tax authorities. Our intercompany transfer pricing may be reviewed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and by foreign tax jurisdictions. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, due to the complexity of our corporate structure, the multiple intercompany transactions and the various tax regimes, we cannot assure you that a tax audit or tax dispute to which we may be subject will result in a favorable outcome for us. If taxing authorities do not accept our tax positions and impose higher tax rates on our foreign operations, our overall tax expenses could increase.

Our failure to protect our technology systems and comply with data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

We rely on information technology systems, including technology from third-party vendors, to process, transmit and store electronic information in our day-to-day operations. Similar to other companies, the size and complexity of our information technology systems makes them vulnerable to a cyber-attack, malicious intrusion, breakdown, destruction, loss of data privacy, or other significant disruption. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving systems and regulatory standards and the increasing need to protect patient and customer information. We expend significant resources to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws and regulations (together with applicable industry standards) and minimize the risk of security breaches, including deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees annually, and engaging third-party experts and contractors. Significant and increasing investments of time and resources by management and Board have been, and will continue to be, required to anticipate and address cybersecurity risks and incidents. However, given that the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently, and often are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures in time to stop a cyber incident. Any failure by us to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity could result in the unauthorized access to patient data and personally identifiable information, theft of intellectual property or other misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks, intrusions, or other breaches could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects and potentially subject us to fines and penalties.

In the U.S., federal and state privacy and security laws require certain of our operations to protect the confidentiality of personal information, including patient medical records and other health information. Limiting and/or restricting the use of certain personal data and information, as well as added transparency obligations to data subjects is becoming an increasing focus as evidenced by the implementation of the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) which became effective on January 1, 2020. In Europe, E.U. member states and other foreign jurisdictions, including Switzerland, have adopted data protection laws and regulations which impose significant compliance obligations. Moreover, the collection and use of personal health data in the E.U. is governed by the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). The GDPR imposes several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the security and confidentiality of the personal data, data breach notification and the use of third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the E.U. to the U.S., provides an enforcement authority and imposes large penalties for noncompliance, including the potential for fines of up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company. The recent implementation of the GDPR has increased our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process, including in clinical trials, and we may in the future be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the GDPR, which could divert management’s attention and increase our cost of doing business.

Additionally, we expect that there will be other proposed laws, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy and data protection in the U.S., the E.U. and other jurisdictions, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

We are dependent on internal information and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems, including system security breaches, data protection breaches or other cybersecurity attacks, may negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Cyber-attacks and other tactics designed to gain access to and exploit sensitive information by breaching mission critical systems of large organizations are constantly evolving and have been increasing in sophistication in recent years. High profile security breaches leading to unauthorized release of sensitive information have occurred with increasing frequency at a number of major U.S. companies, despite widespread recognition of the cyber-attack threat and improved data protection methods. While to date we have not experienced a significant data loss, significant compromise or any material financial losses related to

P58

Table of Content

cybersecurity attacks, our systems, those of our customers, and those of our third-party service providers are under constant threat. Cybercrime, including phishing, social engineering, attempts to overload our servers with denial-of-service attacks, or similar disruptions from unauthorized access to our systems, could cause us critical data loss or the disclosure or use of personal or other confidential information. Outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees to disclose personally identifiable information or other confidential information which could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information. Although we incur significant expenses to minimize the risk of security breaches, given that the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently, and often are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques of implement adequate preventive measures in time to stop or effectively mitigate a cyber incident.

We are dependent on internal information and telecommunications systems, and we are vulnerable to failure of these systems, including through system security breaches, data protection breaches or other cybersecurity attacks. If these events occur, the unauthorized disclosure, loss or unavailability of data and disruption to our business may have a material adverse effect on our reputation and harm our relationships with vendors and customers. Additionally, these events may lead to financial losses from remedial actions, or potential liability from fines, including in relation to noncompliance with the GDPR, as well as possible litigation and punitive damages. Failures of our internal information or telecommunications systems may prevent us from taking customer orders, shipping products and billing customers. Sales may also be impacted if our customers are unable to access our pricing and product availability information. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our management has broad discretion in the use and placement of our cash and cash equivalents and, despite management’s efforts, cash and cash equivalents may be used in a manner that does not increase the value of shareholders’ investments or placed in otherwise reputable financial institutions that fail.

Our management has broad discretion in the use and placement of our cash and cash equivalents, and investors must rely on the judgment of management regarding the use and placement of such cash and cash equivalents. Management may invest our cash and cash equivalents in short-term or long-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield favorable returns to shareholders. If we do not invest or apply our cash and cash equivalents in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, the most reputable financial institutions may fail. Despite the judgment of management regarding the placement of cash and cash equivalents in deemed reputable financial institutions, events outside of our control could occur, the result of which could result in us not having access to our cash and cash equivalents.

Our business and stock price may be adversely affected if our internal controls are not effective.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that public companies conduct a comprehensive evaluation of their internal control over financial reporting. To comply with this statute, each year we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting and our management is required to assess and issue a report concerning it.

Although we have systems in place to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting, we cannot assure you that we will not discover material weaknesses in the future or that no material weakness will result from any difficulties, errors, delays, or disruptions while we implement and transition to new internal systems. The existence of one or more material weaknesses could result in errors in our financial statements, and substantial costs and resources may be required to rectify these or other internal control deficiencies. If we cannot produce reliable financial reports, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly, we may be unable to obtain additional financing to operate and expand our business and our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely impacted.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity represents an important component of the Company’s overall approach to risk management. The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards and practices are integrated into the Company’s enterprise risk management approach, and cybersecurity risks are one of the enterprise risks that are subject to oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Company's cybersecurity standards and practices follow industry trends, which align with frameworks established by the Center for Internet Security ("CIS"). The Company approaches cybersecurity threats through a cross-functional approach which endeavors to: (i) identify, prevent and mitigate cybersecurity threats to the Company; (ii) preserve

P59

Table of Content

the confidentiality, security and availability of the information that we collect and store to use in our business; (iii) protecting the Company’s intellectual property; (iv) maintaining the confidence of our customers, clients and business partners; and (v) providing appropriate public disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents when required.

Risk Management and Strategy

The Company’s cybersecurity program focuses on the following areas:

a.Vigilance: The Company maintains cybersecurity threat operations with the goal of identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats and responding to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our established incident response and recovery plans.

b.Systems Safeguards: The Company deploys system safeguards that are designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through ongoing vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.

c.Collaboration: The Company utilizes collaboration mechanisms established with public and private entities, including intelligence and enforcement agencies, industry groups and third-party service providers, to identify, assess and respond to cybersecurity risks.

d.Third-Party Risk Management: The Company endeavors to identify and oversee cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.

e.Training: The Company provides periodic training for personnel regarding cybersecurity threats, which reinforces the Company’s information security policies, standards and practices.

f.Incident Response and Recovery Planning: The Company has established and maintains incident response and recovery plans that address the Company’s response to a cybersecurity incident and the recovery from a cybersecurity incident, and such plans are tested and evaluated periodically.

g.Communication, Coordination and Disclosure: The Company utilizes a cross-functional approach to address the risk from cybersecurity threats, involving management personnel from the Company’s technology, operations, legal, risk management and other key business functions, as well as the members of the Board and the Audit Committee of the Board in an ongoing dialogue regarding cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures for the escalation of cybersecurity incidents pursuant to established thresholds so that decisions regarding the disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner.

h.Governance: The Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risk management is supported by the Audit Committee, which regularly interacts with the the Company’s VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence and other members of the cyber team and management.

The Company manages risks from cybersecurity threats through the assessment and testing of the Company’s processes and practices focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures. The Company engages third parties as appropriate to perform assessments of our cybersecurity measures. The results of such assessments and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee and the Board, and the Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by the assessments, audits and reviews.

Governance

The Board, in coordination with the Audit Committee, oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board and the Audit Committee each receive regular presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including, for example, recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding such incident until it has been addressed. On a regular basis, the Board and the Audit Committee discuss the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s cyber team and senior leadership team.

P60

Table of Content

The Company’s VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence is the member of the Company’s management that is principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with other business leaders across the Company. The VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence works in coordination with senior leadership, which includes our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and General Counsel. The Company’s VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence has served in various roles in information technology and information security for over 18 years, including Biogen, AstraZeneca, Iron Mountain, and consulting roles at Charles River Labs, Sunovion Pharmaceuticals, Agero and DentaQuest. The VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence holds a MBA from Boston University, a Master’s degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Utah State University, and a Bachelor’s degree in Electronics Engineering from Mumbai University. The Company’s Information Technology team has specific professional certifications, and has over 10 years of experience with managing risks arising from cybersecurity threats.

The Company’s VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence, in coordination with senior leadership, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents. To facilitate the success of this program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s policy as it relates to the incident, management response and recovery plan. Through the ongoing communications from these teams, the VP of Information Technology, Security and Business Intelligence and senior leadership monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents in real time, and report such incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate.

Cybersecurity threats, resulting from any previous cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected or are not reasonably likely to affect the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.

P61

Table of Content

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our material physical properties consisted of the following as of December 31, 2023

Location

General Character

Total Square Feet

Square Feet Utilized

Expiration

Alachua, Florida (1)

Headquarters - General office, warehousing and distribution

19,000

10/31/2026

Tampa, Florida (1)

Headquarters - General office, medical laboratory, and meeting space

75,000

62,500

10/31/2034

Burleson, Texas (1)

Facility - Raw material and finished goods warehousing and distribution

15,000

4/30/2027

10,000

5,000

9/30/2027

Vandalia, Ohio (2)

Facility - Clean-room, manufacturing, warehousing, and office space.

107,000

82,500

N/A

Dayton, Ohio (3)(4)

Facility - Clean-room/manufacturing, warehousing, and office space

Varies

12/31/2026


(1)			Property is encumbered by a lease agreement and is collateral to our Credit Facility.
(2)			Property is collateral to our Credit Facility.
(3)			Property is encumbered by our CTS Agreement as an embedded lease.
(4)			Total square feet and utilization varies each month for the use of CTS's clean room/manufacturing, warehousing, and office space in accordance with the CTS Agreement.

We believe that our facilities will be sufficient to operate our business for the next 12 months and that current lease obligations will not change materially.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information required by this item is set forth in Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

P62

Table of Content

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AXGN.” On March 1, 2024, the last reported closing sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $10.69 per share.

Shareholders

As of March 1, 2024, we had 43,206,246 shares of common stock outstanding, and approximately 226 common shareholders of record, based upon information received from our stock transfer agent. However, this number does not include beneficial owners whose shares were held of record by nominees or broker dealers. We estimate that there are approximately 11,343 individual owners. Additional information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of this Report: Note 11 - Stock-Based Compensation of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8; and Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters – Equity Compensation Plan Information”.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

We did not repurchase any of our securities in the fourth quarter of 2023.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We had no sales of unregistered securities in 2023.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

Dividends

We have never declared or paid and do not anticipate paying or declaring a cash dividend on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Our Board of Directors may declare dividends at its discretion.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the period from December 31, 2018, to December 31, 2023 with (i) the Nasdaq Stock Market Biotechnology Index and (ii) the Nasdaq Stock Market Composite Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common stock and the respective indices for the period of December 31, 2018, to December 31, 2023. The comparisons set forth in the graph are provided pursuant to SEC rules and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of the future performance of our common stock or either of the included indices. The performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this annual report into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

P63

Table of Content

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

Not applicable.

P64

Table of Content

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained in Item 8 of Part II in this Form 10-K, “Forward-Looking Statements” contained in Part 1 of this Form 10-K, “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, and the other information appearing elsewhere in, or incorporated by reference into, this Form 10-K. Dollar amounts referenced in this Item 7 are in thousands, except per share amounts.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this report to “Axogen,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Axogen, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries Axogen Corporation (“AC”), Axogen Processing Corporation, Axogen Europe GmbH and Axogen Germany GmbH.

Overview

Product Portfolio

•Avance® Nerve Graft, a biologically active off-the-shelf processed human nerve allograft for bridging severed peripheral nerves without the comorbidities associated with a second surgical site;

•Axoguard Nerve Connector®, a porcine (pig) submucosa extracellular matrix ("ECM") coaptation aid for tensionless repair of severed peripheral nerves;

•Axoguard Nerve Protector®, a porcine submucosa ECM product used to wrap and protect damaged peripheral nerves and reinforce the nerve reconstruction while preventing soft tissue attachments;

•Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector™, is comprised of a processed porcine submucosa ECM base layer with a hyaluronate-alginate gel coating designed to provide short- and long-term protection for peripheral nerve injuries. The gel layer facilitates enhanced nerve gliding to aid in minimizing soft tissue attachments, while the base layer is remodeled into a long-term protective tissue layer.

•Axotouch® Two-Point Discriminator, used to measure the innervation density of any surface area of the skin.

Our portfolio of products is currently available in the United States "(U.S."), Canada, Germany, United Kingdom, Spain and several other European, Asian and Latin American countries.

As previously announced, we suspended the market availability of Avive® Soft Tissue Membrane ("Avive") on June 1, 2021, to have discussions with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") about the appropriate regulatory classification and requirements for Avive. The reported safety or product performance issues or concerns with Avive. Based on preliminary feedback from FDA on the product classification and regulatory pathway, we have decided not to continue discussions with FDA and will not pursue regulatory approval for Avive. Therefore, we will not seek to return Avive to the market. We are working on developing a replacement product called Avive + that we believe would not require a BLA and would fall under the criteria set forth in 21 CFR 1271.10(a) for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and the regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271. We seek to launch Avive+ in the second quarter of 2024.

We have observed that surgeons initially are cautious adopters for peripheral nerve repair products. Surgeons typically start with a few cases and then wait and review the results of these initial cases. Active accounts are usually past this wait period and

P65

Table of Content

have developed some level of product reorder. These active accounts have typically gone through the Value Analysis Committee approval process, have at least one surgeon who has converted a portion of his or her treatment algorithms of peripheral nerve repair to our portfolio and have ordered our products at least six times in the last twelve months. As of December 31, 2023, we had 1,006 active accounts, an increase of 3.9% from 968 one year ago. Active accounts are approximately 87% of our revenue. The top 10% of these active accounts continue to represent approximately 40% of our revenue.

Core accounts are defined as accounts that have purchased at least $100 in the past twelve months. As of December 31, 2023, we had 376 core accounts, an increase of 13.3% from 332 one year ago. These core accounts represented approximately 65% our revenue in 2023, which increased approximately 60% over the past two years.

Our business was originally anchored in emergent trauma and over the past several years we have introduced a number of new nerve repair applications that utilize our Avance and Axoguard product lines. These new applications share common characteristics that now lead us to think about our business along two primary categories, scheduled non-trauma (“Scheduled”) procedures, and emergent trauma (“Emergent”) procedures.

Scheduled procedures are generally characterized as procedures where a patient is seeking relief of a condition caused by a nerve defect or surgical procedure. These include breast reconstruction following a mastectomy, nerve reconstruction following the surgical removal of painful neuromas, oral and maxillofacial procedures, and nerve decompression.

The nature of Scheduled procedures affords patients the opportunity to actively search for treatment options and advocate for solutions that may improve quality of life following the procedure. For example, in breast reconstruction, this may include prioritizing neurotization as a part of their treatment plan. These procedures lend themselves to standardization of surgical techniques and more consistent nerve repair algorithms. In addition, these patients are likely to engage in extended follow-up evaluations with their physicians.

Emergent procedures generally result from injuries that initially present in an emergency room. These procedures are typically referred to and completed by a specialist either immediately or within a few days following the initial injury. Given the emergent and diverse nature of traumatic injuries, the required repair algorithm and procedure scheduling can be highly variable, and follow-up evaluations are generally inconsistent.

While the various applications can have unique surgeon customers, the procedures are often performed in the same accounts and use the same family of Axogen products. Scheduled procedures typically have a higher value of Axogen products used per procedure as compared to routine trauma; and, given the planned nature of these procedures, there is a higher level of predictability and are generally additive to our sales rep productivity.

Reporting by application has historically been challenging. However, we have recently developed improved analytical tools that we believe allow us to better monitor product utilization data within accounts and generate improved estimates of our revenue by application. We estimate revenue by application using the information received from hospitals and sales representatives based on assumptions regarding specific surgeon practice and account information. Accordingly, the accuracy of our estimates is subject to the limited data we receive and the accuracy of those assumptions.

We estimate that revenues from emergent trauma procedures represented approximately half of total revenues during the year ended December 31, 2023 and grew mid-single digits versus the year ended December 31, 2022.

Summary of Operational and Business Highlights

•Net revenue was $159,012 for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $20,428 or 14.7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

•Gross profit was $127,874 for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $13,437 or 11.7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

•In August 2023, we began processing tissue in the new, state-of-the-art APC facility, which provides for up to 3x the previous capacity and was designed for long-term growth and expansion.

•During 2023, we surpassed 100,000 Avance Nerve Graft implants since launch.

•We are continuing to expand our offering in the nerve protection market with the national launch of Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector™ during 2023 and expect to launch Avive+ Soft Tissue Matrix™ second quarter of 2024.

P66

Table of Content

•We completed a Pre-BLA meeting with the FDA during the first quarter of 2024 where we aligned with the FDA on a rolling submission process and the content of the modules for the BLA submission for Avance® Nerve Graft. We anticipate completing the submission in the third quarter of 2024. Subject to ongoing engagement with the FDA, we believe this submission timetable will allow for a potential BLA approval in the middle of 2025.

•We have exceeded our initial goal of training 25 additional surgical teams on techniques in implant-based Resensation® and have more than 39 teams trained during the year ended December 31, 2023.

•Ended the year with 245 peer-reviewed clinical publications featuring Axogen’s nerve repair product portfolio.

•Ended the year with 116 direct sales representatives as compared to 115 for the year ended 2022.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2023, and 2022

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations expressed as dollar amounts and as percentages of total revenue:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2023				2022
			% of				% of
	Amount		Revenue		Amount		Revenue
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenues	$	159,012	100.0	%	$	138,584	100.0	%
Cost of goods sold	31,138		19.6	%	24,147		17.4	%
Gross profit	127,874		80.4	%	114,437		82.6	%
Costs and expenses:
Sales and marketing	86,060		54.1	%	80,228		57.9	%
Research and development	28,333		17.8	%	27,158		19.6	%
General and administrative	34,943		22.0	%	36,758		26.5	%
Total costs and expenses	149,336		93.9	%	144,144		104.0	%
Loss from operations	(21,462)		(13.5)	%	(29,707)		(21.4)	%
Other (expense) income:
Investment income	1,487		0.9	%	569		0.4	%
Interest expense	(2,835)		(1.8)	%	(624)		(0.5)	%
Change in fair value of derivatives	1,531		1.0	%	1,044		0.8	%
Other expense	(437)		(0.3)	%	(230)		(0.2)	%
Total other (expense) income, net	(254)		(0.2)	%	759		0.5	%
Net loss	$	(21,716)	(13.7)	%	$	(28,948)	(20.9)	%

Revenues

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023, increased, $20,428 or 14.7%, to $159,012 as compared to $138,584 for the year ended December 31, 2022. Revenue growth was driven by an increase in unit volume of approximately 8.6%, as well as the net impact of changes in price and product mix of approximately 3.7% and 2.5%, respectively. The unit volume increase was attributed to growth in our core and active accounts. As of December 31, 2023, we had 1,006 active accounts, an increase of 3.9% from 968 from the prior year and 376 core accounts, an increase of 13.3% from 332 at December 31, 2022.

P67

Table of Content

Gross Profit

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2023, increased $13,437 or 11.7% to $127,874 as compared to $114,437 for the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross margin as a percentage of revenue decreased to 80.4% for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to 82.6% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Costs and Expenses

Total costs and expenses increased, $5,192 or 3.6%, to $149,336 for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $144,144 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in total operating costs was primarily attributable to the following (i) $5,083 in compensation costs; (ii) $1,277 in professional services; (iii) $1,243 in marketing programs costs; (iv) $852 in travel; (v) $185 in occupancy related costs partially offset by decreases of (i) $1,190 in research and development projects; (ii) $2,257 of other general business costs including insurance expenses of $1,033, bad debt recovery of $883, merchant fees of $727, other items administrative in nature of $355 offset by increased packaging, shipping and handling expenses of $741.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $5,833, or 7.3%, to $86,060 for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $80,228 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in sales and marketing was due to the following: (i) compensation costs of $1,969; (ii) $1,243 in marketing programs;(iii) $831 in travel costs; (iv) $745 in professional services, and (v) $1,034 of other costs which included packing, shipping and handling costs of $741 and other items administrative in nature of $293.

Research and development expenses increased $1,175, or 4.3%, to $28,333 for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $27,158 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to product development and clinical expenses. Product development costs include spending for a number of specific programs including the non-clinical expenses related to the BLA for Avance Nerve Graft. Product development expenses represented approximately 60% and 52% of total research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Clinical trial expenses represented approximately 40% and 48% of total research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The increase in research and development included increases in compensation costs of $1,635; $331 in professional fees; $287 in occupancy costs; and $98 in travel costs to support these clinical and non-clinical expenses.

General and administrative expenses decreased $1,816, or 4.9%, to $34,943 for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $36,758 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to $1,033 in insurance costs, $833 in bad debt recovery, $727 in merchant fees, $330 in other services, and $205 in licenses and fees partially offset by an increase in compensation costs of $1,479.

Other Income and Expense

Total other (expense) income decreased $1,013, or 133.5% to expense of $254 for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to income of $759 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The change was primarily due to the increase in interest expense of $2,211 and other expenses of $208, partially offset by the increase in investment income of $918 and the fair value of the derivative liability of $488. In connection with the Credit Facility, we recognized total interest charges of $8,083 and $6,721 for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively, and of this interest we capitalized to the construction of the APC Facility, interest charges of $5,285 and $6,155 for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The increase in investment income was primarily related to the Federal Reserve raising interest rates 100 basis points throughout 2023.

Income Taxes

We had no federal income tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, due to the incurrence of net operating losses in both years, the benefits of which have been fully reserved. We do not believe that there are any additional tax expenses or benefits currently available.

P68

Table of Content

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2023, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents totaling $31,024. Our cash equivalents are comprised of a money market mutual fund and during the year ended December 31, 2022, we had investments comprised of short-term commercial paper and U.S. Treasuries. Our cash and cash equivalents and investments decreased $17,766 from $48,790 at December 31, 2022, primarily as a result of the renovations of our APC Facility, and general operating activities. On December 31, 2023,and 2022, our current assets exceeded our current assets liabilities by $57,574 and $74,322, respectively. Based on current estimates, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments, as well as cash provided by sales of our products will allow us to fund our operations through at least through the next 12 months from the issuance of these financial statements.

Cash Flow Information

The following table presents a summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2023		2022
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities	$	(5,716)	$	(16,066)
Investing activities	19,253		(3,200)
Financing activities	1,954		1,794
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalent	$	15,491	$	(17,472)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $5,716 and $16,066 during the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The favorable change in net cash used in operating activities of $10,350 or 64.4% was due to the following: (i) the net favorable change of $5,172 in working capital accounts and (ii) the decrease in net loss of $7,232.

A discussion of net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, can be found in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed on March 14, 2023.

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $19,253 as compared to cash used in investing activities of $3,200 for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively, an increase of $22,453 or 702%. The change in net cash used in investing activities was due to the increase in the net purchase and proceeds of the sale of investments totaling $16,118 and net decrease in the capital expenditures, primarily related to the renovation of the APC Facility, of $6,206.

A discussion of net cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, can be found in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed on March 14, 2023.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,954 as compared to $1,794 for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively, an increase of $161 or 9%. The change in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to an increase of $159 in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and ESPP purchases year-over-year.

A discussion of net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, can be found in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed on March 14, 2023.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including expanding our customer base and sales force and timing and extent of spending in obtaining regulatory approval and introduction of new products. Additional sources of liquidity available to us include issuance of additional equity securities through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or from other sources. The sale of additional equity may result in dilution to our shareholders. There is no assurance that we will be able to secure funding on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The increasing need for capital could also make it more difficult to obtain funding through either equity or debt. Should additional capital not become available to us as needed,

P69

Table of Content

we may be required to take certain actions, such as slowing sales and marketing expansion, delaying regulatory approvals, or reducing headcount.

Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2023, we had $50,000 outstanding in indebtedness under a credit facility; $35,000 maturing on June 30, 2027, and 15,000 maturing on June 30, 2028. Quarterly interest only and revenue participation payments are due through each of the maturity dates. Interest is calculated as 7.5% plus the greater of the Adjusted SOFR or 2.0% (12.99% as of December 31, 2023). Revenue participation payments are calculated as a percentage of our net revenues, up to $70,000 in any given year, adding approximately 1.5% per year of additional interest payments on the outstanding indebtedness. Upon each maturity date or upon such date earlier repayment occurs, we will repay the principal balance and provide a make-whole payment calculated to generate an internal rate of return to the lender equal to 11.5%, less the total of all quarterly interest and revenue participation payments previously paid. See Note 9 - Long-Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments


Contractual Obligations	1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		Thereafter		Total

Credit Facility Principal(1)	$	—	$	—	$	50,000	$	—	$	50,000
Credit Facility Interest(1)(2)	6,500		13,000		6,175		—		25,675
Credit Facility Revenue Participation(1)	756		1,512		987		—		3,255
Credit Facility Make-Whole Payment(1)	—		—		—		—		—
Operating and financing lease obligations(3)	3,925		8,403		6,210		18,566		37,104
Severance obligations to former employees	755		—		—		—		755
Consulting fee obligation to former executives	300		—		—		—		300
Transition and separation obligations to current CEO(4)	1,538		1,646		—		—		3,184
	$	13,774	$	24,561	$	63,372	$	18,566	$	120,273

(1) See Note 9. Long-term Debt and Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(2) Calculated at 13.0%; the interest rate as of December 31, 2023.

(3) See Note 8. Leases in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(4) Includes CEO's 2023 bonus to be paid in March 2024, 2024 Salary, 2024 bonus to paid in March of 2025, accrued PTO through January 4, 2025, nine months of senior advisory fees, and eighteen months of COBRA payments. Actual timing of payments are subject to the determination of the end of CEO Term per the Transition and Separation Agreement. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

See Note 8 - Leases and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for further information.

Critical Accounting Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, there are certain accounting policies, which may require substantial judgment or estimation in their application. We believe these accounting policies and the others set forth in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Part II Item 8 of this Form 10-K are critical to understanding our results of operations and financial condition. Actual results could differ from our estimates and assumptions, and any such differences could be material to our results of operations and financial condition.

P70

Table of Content

Inventories

Description

Inventories consist of purchased materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, as determined by the first-in, first-out method.

Judgments and Uncertainties

We maintain reserves for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from the potential inability to sell certain products in excess of current carrying cost. We make estimates regarding the future recoverability of the costs of these products and record provisions based on historical experience, expiration dates and expected future trends.

Sensitivity of Estimate to Change

As of December 31, 2023, we have reserved $1,342 for potential losses relating to inventory. If our actual product life cycles, product demand or acceptance of new product introductions are less favorable than projected by management, additional inventory write downs may be required, which could unfavorably affect future operating results.

Derivative Instruments

Description

We review debt instruments to determine whether there are embedded derivative instruments, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as a derivative financial instrument. Embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the debt host are bifurcated and are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recognized as either a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations each reporting period.

Judgements and Uncertainties

The fair value of embedded derivatives are measured based on equity markets and interest rates, as well as an estimate of our nonperformance risk adjustment. This estimate includes an option adjusted spread and an estimate of our discount rate.

Sensitivity of Estimate to Change

As of December 31, 2023, we recorded a derivative liability of $2,987. However, if the discount rate were to change by 1%, it would have a less than $50 effect on our derivative liability.

Share-Based Compensation

Description

Share-based compensation is in the form of stock options, restricted stock units ("RSU") and performance stock units ("PSU"). The estimated grant date fair value of stock options held by employees is determined using a multiple-point Black-Scholes option valuation method. The fair value of RSUs and PSUs is determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of the options related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan are based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Judgments and Uncertainties

We estimate the grant date fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using a multiple-point Black-Scholes option-pricing model. In addition, we measure stock options granted to employees at a premium price based on market conditions, such as the trading price of our common stock, using a Monte Carlo Simulation option-pricing model in estimating the fair value at the grant date. Key assumptions in determining fair value include volatility, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and expected term. As a result, if factors change and different assumptions are used, the stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

The fair value of the PSU grants is based on our closing stock price on the grant date. The number of PSU's that will ultimately be earned is based upon our performance as measured against specified targets over the measurement period. Expectations related to the achievement of performance goals associated with PSU grants is assessed at each reporting period and is used to determine whether PSU grants are expected to vest. If performance-based milestones related to PSU grants are not met or not expected to be met, any compensation expense recognized associated with such grants will be reversed.

P71

Table of Content

We recognize compensation expense related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of grant. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for each purchase period. The grant date fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the offering period.

Sensitivity of Estimate of Change

As of December 31, 2023, stock-based compensation expense for PSU's was $3,273, however, if we determined that the PSUs outstanding were 100% achievable, our stock-based compensation would have been $8,652.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Part II Item 8 of this Form 10-K for further information.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates based upon our investing and cash management activities. For our cash equivalents and investments, a change in interest rates affects the amount of interest income that can be earned.

We have not entered into derivative transactions related to cash and cash equivalents. We do not expect changes in interest rates to have a material adverse effect on our income or our cash flows in 2024. However, we give no assurance that interest rates will not significantly change in the future.

We also have interest rate exposure as a result of the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding principal amount of our loans under the Credit Facility was $50,000. Interest on our loans under the Credit Facility is payable quarterly during the term of the loans and is calculated as 7.5% plus the greater of Adjusted SOFR or 2.0% (12.99% as of December 31, 2023); provided that the interest rate shall never be less than 9.5%. Changes in the Adjusted SOFR rate may therefore affect our interest expense associated with the loans. An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates would increase expense by approximately $500 annually based on the amounts currently outstanding and would not materially affect our results of operations.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalent balances, investments in commercial paper and accounts receivable. Certain of our cash and cash equivalents balances exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") insured limits or are invested in money market accounts with investment banks that are not FDIC-insured. As of December 31, 2023, $30,524 of the cash and cash equivalents balance was in excess of FDIC limits.

We invest our cash primarily in commercial paper, money market accounts, and U.S. government securities. Although we believe our cash is invested in a conservative manner, with cash preservation being the primary investment objective, the value of the commercial paper held will fluctuate with changes in the financial markets, including, among other things, changes in interest rates, credit quality and general volatility. This risk is managed by investing in high quality investment grade commercial paper with short-term maturities.

With respect to accounts receivable, we perform credit evaluations of our customers and do not require collateral. There have been no material losses on accounts receivable. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited because a large number of geographically diverse customers make up our customer base, thus spreading the trade credit risk. We also control credit risk through credit approvals and monitoring procedures.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The value of the U.S. dollar compared to the foreign currencies of the countries where we distribute our products has little to no effect on our financial results. In our international markets, we distribute our products and services to independent distributors who, in turn, distribute and market to medical clinics. The revenue from the distribution of our products in our international markets through independent distributors is denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we have minimal exposure related to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Our portfolio of products is currently available in the U.S., Canada, Germany, United Kingdom ("UK"), Spain and several other European, Asian and Latin American countries.

P72

Table of Content

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CONTENTS


			Page

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID No, 34)			74

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2023 , AND 2022			76

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021			77

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021			78

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021			79

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			80

SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS			102

P73

Table of Content

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Axogen, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Axogen, Inc and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2023, and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

P74

Table of Content

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Inventory – Valuation Associated with Excess and Obsolete (E&O) Inventory — Refer to Notes 2 and 3 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

Inventories, consisting of materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. At each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates inventories for excess quantities, obsolescence or shelf-life.

The Company monitors the shelf life of its products and historical expiration and spoilage trends, and reserves for inventory based on the estimated amount of inventory that will not be distributed before expiration or spoilage. To estimate the amount of inventory that will expire or spoil prior to being distributed, the Company reviews inventory quantities on hand, historical and projected distribution levels, historical expiration trends, and historical spoilage trends. The Company’s calculation of the amount of inventory that will expire prior to distribution has three components: 1) a spoilage-based component that compares historical spoilage rates to inventory quantities on hand 2) a demand or consumption-based component that compares projected distribution to inventory quantities on hand; and 3) an expiring inventory component that assesses the risk related to inventory that is near expiration. The Company’s model assumes that inventory will be distributed on a first-in-first-out basis. Due to the nature of the inventory (surgical implants with expiration dates) and the fact that a significant portion of the Company’s inventory is at medical facility consignment locations, estimating the amount of spoilage, the amount of inventory that will expire and the amount of inventory that should be reserved for involves significant judgments and estimates.

Given the significant judgments associated with evaluating the valuation of E&O inventory, auditing the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions involved especially subjective judgment and an increased extent of effort.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s valuation of E&O inventory included the following, among others:

•We tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of controls over the E&O inventory valuation. The controls we tested included those over the calculation and accuracy and completeness of underlying data used in the calculation.

•We performed procedures to evaluate management’s ability to accurately forecast by comparing the historical inventory reserve estimates to subsequent inventory destructions and expirations.

•We obtained the Company’s E&O calculation and tested the mathematical accuracy.

•We tested the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data used in the calculation of the Company’s expiring inventory and spoilage models.

•We made inquiries of the Company’s employees outside of the accounting department and evaluated other areas of the audit to identify business, product, or industry changes that may impact the inputs in the inventory valuation calculation.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Tampa, Florida

March 5, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

P75

Table of Content

AXOGEN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2023 and 2022

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)


	2023		2022
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	31,024	$	15,284
Restricted cash	6,002		6,251
Investments	—		33,505
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $337 and $650, respectively	25,147		22,186
Inventory	23,020		18,905
Prepaid expenses and other	2,811		1,944
Total current assets	88,004		98,075
Property and equipment, net	88,730		79,294
Operating lease right-of-use assets	15,562		14,369

Intangible assets, net	4,531		3,649
Total assets	$	196,827	$	195,387

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	28,883	$	22,443
Current maturities of long-term lease obligations	1,547		1,310
Total current liabilities	30,430		23,753

Long-term debt, net of debt discount and financing fees	46,603		45,712
Long-term lease obligations	21,142		20,405
Debt derivative liabilities	2,987		4,518

Total liabilities	101,162		94,388

Commitments and contingencies - see Note 14

Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 43,124,496 and 42,445,517 shares issued and outstanding	431		424
Additional paid-in capital	376,530		360,155
Accumulated deficit	(281,296)		(259,580)
Total shareholders’ equity	95,665		100,999
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	196,827	$	195,387

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

P76

Table of Content

AXOGEN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)


	2023		2022		2021
Revenues	$	159,012	$	138,584	$	127,358
Cost of goods sold	31,138		24,147		22,931
Gross profit	127,874		114,437		104,427
Costs and expenses:
Sales and marketing	86,060		80,228		73,328
Research and development	28,333		27,158		24,177
General and administrative	34,943		36,758		32,338
Total costs and expenses	149,336		144,144		129,843
Loss from operations	(21,462)		(29,707)		(25,416)
Other (expense) income:
Investment income	1,487		569		93
Interest expense	(2,835)		(624)		(1,356)
Change in fair value of derivatives	1,531		1,044		(28)

Other expense	(437)		(230)		(278)
Total other (expense) income, net	(254)		759		(1,569)
Net loss	$	(21,716)	$	(28,948)	$	(26,985)

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted	42,878,543		42,083,125		41,214,889
Loss per common share — basic and diluted	$	(0.51)	$	(0.69)	$	(0.65)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

P77

Table of Content

AXOGEN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In Thousands)


	Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital		Accumulated Deficit		Total Shareholders’ Equity
	Shares	Amount
Balance, December 31, 2020	40,619	$	406	$	326,390	$	(203,647)	$	123,149

Stock-based compensation	—	—		10,919		—		10,919
Issuance of restricted and performance stock units	254	2		(2)		—		—
Shares surrendered by employees to pay tax withholdings	—	—		—		—		—
Exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan	864	9		5,458		—		5,467

Net loss	—	—		—		(26,985)		(26,985)

Balance, December 31, 2021	41,737	417		342,765		(230,632)		112,550

Stock-based compensation	—	—		15,591		—		15,591
Issuance of restricted and performance stock units	343	3		(3)		—		—

Exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan	365	4		1,802		—		1,806

Net loss	—	—		—		(28,948)		(28,948)

Balance, December 31, 2022	42,445	424		360,155		(259,580)		100,999

Stock-based compensation	—	—		14,418		—		14,418
Issuance of restricted and performance stock units	369	4		(4)		—		—

Exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan	310	3		1,961		—		1,964

Net loss	—	—				(21,716)		(21,716)

Balance, December 31, 2023	43,124	$	431	$	376,530	$	(281,296)	$	95,665

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

P78

Table of Content

AXOGEN, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In Thousands)


	2023		2022		2021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(21,716)	$	(28,948)	$	(26,985)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation	4,218		2,827		2,744
Amortization of right-of-use assets	1,062		1,761		1,795
Amortization of intangible assets	273		265		202

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees	891		891		831
Loss on disposal of equipment	56		—		—

(Recovery of) provision for bad debt	(271)		612		(41)
Provision for inventory write-down	1,939		1,769		3,314
Investment losses (gains)	(666)		(228)		68
Change in fair value of derivatives	(1,531)		(1,044)		28
Stock-based compensation	14,418		15,591		10,919
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(2,691)		(4,639)		(499)
Inventory	(6,054)		(3,656)		(7,478)
Prepaid expenses and other	(867)		(84)		2,435
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	6,509		660		(270)
Operating lease obligations	(1,269)		(1,841)		(463)
Cash paid for interest portion of finance leases	(3)		(2)		(2)
Contract and other liabilities	(14)		—		(3)
Net cash used in operating activities	(5,716)		(16,066)		(13,405)

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment	(13,872)		(20,078)		(27,811)
Economic development grant proceeds	—		—		950
Purchase of investments	(10,203)		(39,247)		(68,699)
Proceeds from sale of investments	44,374		57,300		72,500
Cash payments for intangible assets	(1,046)		(1,175)		(589)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	19,253		(3,200)		(23,649)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	—		—		15,000







Cash paid for debt portion of finance leases	(10)		(12)		(15)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and ESPP stock purchases	1,964		1,806		5,467

Net cash provided by financing activities	1,954		1,794		20,452
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash	15,491		(17,472)		(16,602)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period	21,535		39,007		55,609
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period	$	37,026	$	21,535	$	39,007



Supplemental disclosures of cash flow activity:
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest	$	1,944	$	—	$	495
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of fixed assets in accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	704	$	866	$	1,420

Embedded derivative associated with the long-term debt	$	—	$	—	$	3,037
Obtaining a right-of-use asset in exchange for a lease liability	$	2,298	$	1,018	$	1,375

Acquisition of intangible assets in accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	407	$	299	$	418

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

P79

Table of Content

AXOGEN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In thousands. except shares and per share amounts)

1.Nature of Business

Axogen, Inc. (together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated in Minnesota. Our business is focused on the science, development and commercialization of the technologies used for the peripheral nerve regeneration and repair. The Company's products include Avance® Nerve Graft, Axoguard Nerve Connector®,,Axoguard Nerve Protector®, Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector™, Axoguard Nerve Cap® and Axotouch® Two-Point Discriminator. The Company is headquartered in Florida. The Company has processing, warehousing, and distribution facilities in Ohio and Texas.

The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment. Substantially all of the Company's assets are maintained in the United States. The Company derives substantially all of its revenues from sales to customers in the United States.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates affecting the amounts reported or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements include the realizable value of inventories, the valuation of stock-based compensation and the valuation of derivative instruments and the fair value of debt instruments. Other estimates that affect the amounts reported or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets, incremental borrowing rates for operating leases, accounting for income taxes including the realizability of deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance. The Company bases its estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company is dependent on its suppliers, including single source suppliers, some of which are outside of the U.S., and the inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of its products in a timely manner at prices, quality levels and volumes acceptable to the Company, or its inability to efficiently manage these components from these suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and operating results.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of acquisition. Certain of the Company's cash and cash equivalents balances exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") insured limits or are invested in money market accounts with investment banks that are not FDIC-insured. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in what they believe to be credit-worthy financial institutions. As of December 31, 2023, $30,524 of the cash and cash equivalents balance was in excess of FDIC limits.

Restricted Cash

Amounts included in restricted cash represent those required to be set aside to meet contractual terms of a lease agreement held by the Company. See Note 9 - Long-Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees- Other Credit Facilities.

P80

Table of Content

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported in the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Cash and cash equivalents	$	31,024	$	15,284
Restricted cash	6,002		6,251
Total cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows	37,026		$	21,535

Investments

Investments consisted of commercial paper and U.S. government securities, were classified as available-for-sale and had maturities less than one year as of each balance sheet date. Investments were carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices. The Company elected the fair value option ("FVO") for all of its available-for-sale investments. The FVO election results in all changes in unrealized gains and losses being included in investment income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Account receivables are recorded at invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. The Company grants credit to customers in the normal course of business, but generally does not require collateral or other security to support its receivables.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is established for estimated uncollectible receivables based on the Company's assessment of the collectability of customer accounts and recognizes the provision in general and administrative on the consolidated statements of operations. In determining the amount of the allowance, the Company considers aging of account balances, historical credit losses, customer-specific information, the current economic environment, supportable forecasts, and other relevant factors. Uncollectible receivables are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all attempts to collect the receivable have been exhausted.

Concentration Risk

Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, which are held at major financial institutions and trade receivables.

The Company's products are sold on an uncollateralized basis and on credit terms.

None of the Company's customers accounted for 10% or more of the consolidated revenues or accounts receivable during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Inventory

P81

Table of Content

the amount of inventory that will expire and the amount of inventory that should be reserved for involves significant judgments and estimates.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions and improvements that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized, while expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the asset’s estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to thirty-nine years.

Gains or losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the period incurred and recorded as general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

Capitalized Interest

The interest cost on capital projects, including facilities build-outs, is capitalized and included in the cost of the project. Capitalization begins with the first expenditure for the project and continues until the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. For the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company capitalized $5,285 and $6,155, respectively, of interest expense into property and equipment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company analyzes long-lived assets (asset groups), including property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. If it is determined that long-live asset (asset groups) is not recoverable, an impairment loss would be calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset (asset groups) over the fair value of the long-lived asset (asset groups). There have been no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization, however, annually in the third quarter or whenever an event occurs or circumstances indicate that the indefinite-lived intangible assets may be impaired, the Company evaluates qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely or not that the fair value of the indefinite lived asset is less than its carrying amount. The Company's qualitative evaluation includes an assessment of factors, including specific operating results as well as industry, market and general economic conditions. The Company may elect to bypass this qualitative evaluation and perform a quantitative test.

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets are recorded at cost and include patents and patent application costs, licenses, and trademarks. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and reported net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is recorded in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The useful lives of intangible assets are as follows:

•License agreements(1): 17 to 20 years

•Patents: up to 20 years.

•Trademarks: indefinite lived

(1) The Company pays royalty fees based on net sales of the licensed products, which are recorded in sales and marketing on the consolidated statements of operation. The licenses expired during 2023. See Note 5 - Intangible Assets, Net.

Global Nerve Foundation

Periodically, the Company may make contributions to the Global Nerve Foundation ("GNF"), a related party, due to certain executives of the Company being members of GNF's board of directors. The GNF was incorporated in 2021 exclusively for charitable, educational, and scientific purposes and qualifies under IRC 501(c)(3) as an exempt private foundation. Under its charter, the GNF engages in activities that focus on improving the awareness and care of patients with peripheral nerve injuries

P82

Table of Content

through grants, contributions and other appropriate means. The GNF is a separate legal entity and is not a subsidiary of the Company; therefore, its results are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company contributed $0 and $700 to the GNF during the year ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, no amounts were contributed previously. These contributions were recorded in sales and marketing expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Cash equivalents, investments and derivative instruments are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for classification and disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Derivative Instruments

The Company reviews its debt instruments in determining whether there are embedded derivative instruments, which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as a derivative financial instrument. Embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the debt host are bifurcated and are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recognized as either a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations each reporting period. The fair value of embedded derivatives are measured based on equity markets and interest rates, as well as an estimate of the Company's nonperformance risk adjustment. This estimate includes an option adjusted spread and an estimate of the Company's risk-free rate.

Leases

The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at the inception date and determines the lease classification, recognition, and measurement at commencement date. All operating lease commitments with a lease term greater than 12 months are recognized as right-of-use assets and obligations on a discounted basis on the balance sheet. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company classifies a lease based on whether the arrangement is effectively a purchase of the underlying asset. Leases that transfer the control of the underlying asset are classified as finance leases and all others are classified as operating leases. Interest and amortization expense are recognized for operating leases on a straight-line basis. If a change to the lease term leads to a reassessment of the lease classification and remeasurement, assumptions such as the discount rate and variable rents based on a rate or index will be updated as of the remeasurement date. If an arrangement is modified, the Company will reassess whether the arrangement contains a lease. Any subsequent changes in lease payments are recognized when incurred, unless the change requires a remeasurement of the lease liability.

Certain of the Company's leases include options for the Company to extend the lease term. The exercise of lease renewal option is generally at the Company's sole discretion. Certain of the Company's lease agreements include provisions for the Company to reimburse the lessor for common area maintenance, real estate taxes, and insurance, which the Company accounts for as variable lease costs. The Company's lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Revenue Recognition

The Company enters into contracts to sell and distribute products and services to hospitals and surgical facilities for use in caring for patients with peripheral nerve damage or transection. Revenue is recognized when the Company transfers control of the products and services to the Company’s customers when the product is shipped or when it is delivered to the customer depending on the agreement. Products are primarily transferred to customer at a point in time.

P83

Table of Content

A portion of the Company's product revenue is generated from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals and independent sales agencies, and also from inventory physically held by field sales representatives. For these types of product sales, the Company retains control until the product has been used or implanted, at which time revenue is recognized.

In the case of products or services sold to a customer under a distribution or purchase agreement, the customers are granted exclusive distribution rights to sell the implants internationally in a territory defined by the contract. These international distributor agreements contain provisions that allow the Company to terminate the distribution agreement with the distributor, and upon termination, the right to repurchase inventory from the distributor at the distributor’s cost. The Company has determined that its contractual rights to repurchase distributor inventory upon termination of the distributor agreement are not substantive and do not impact the timing of when control transfers; and therefore, the Company has determined it is appropriate to recognize revenue when: i) the product is shipped via common carrier; or ii) the product is delivered to the customer or distributor, depending on the terms of the agreement. Determining the timing of revenue recognition for such contracts is subject to judgment, because an evaluation must be made regarding the distributor’s ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the implants received from the Company. Changes in these assessments could have an impact on the timing of revenue recognition from sales to distributors. The Company accounts for shipping and handling activities as a fulfillment cost rather than a separate performance obligation. Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are included as part of the transaction price and recognized as revenue when control of the underlying products is transferred to the customer.

The Company operates in a single reportable segment of peripheral nerve repair, offers similar products to its customers, and enters into consistently structured arrangements with similar types of customers. As such, the Company does not disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers as the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows does not materially differ within and among the contracts with customers.

The contract with the customer states the final terms of the sale, including the description, quantity, and price of each implant distributed. The payment terms and conditions in the Company’s contracts vary; however, as a common business practice, payment terms are typically due in full within 30 days of delivery. Since the customer agrees to a stated price in the contract that does not vary over the contract term, the contracts do not contain any material types of variable consideration, and contractual rights of return are not material. The Company has several contracts with distributors in international markets that include consideration paid to the customer in exchange for distinct marketing and other services. The Company records such consideration paid to the customer as a reduction to revenue from the contracts with those distributor customers, which totaled $1,056, $856 and $736 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Government Assistance

As there is no authoritative guidance under U.S. GAAP for accounting for grants to for-profit business entities, the Company accounts for the grants by analogy to International Accounting Standard ("IAS") 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosures of Government Assistance ("IAS 20"). Government assistance and grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Company has met the requirements of the assistance and there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received. The Company received government grants of $393, $158 and $1,164 during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 respectively. See Research and Development Costs below and Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies.

Costs of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead costs related to each product sold or produced, including processing, quality assurance labor and scrap, inbound freight costs, as well as facility, warehousing and overhead supporting the Company's manufacturing operations. All of the Company's manufacturing costs are included in cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of research and development activities relate to product development, clinical trial expenses, and technical support of products. Costs primarily consist of salaries, wages, consulting and depreciation and maintenance of research facilities and equipment. The Company received certain government grants totaling $393, $158, and $214 which were recorded as an offset to research and development in the consolidated statement of operations during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

P84

Table of Content

Shipping and Handling

All shipping and handling costs, including facility and warehousing overhead, directly related to bringing the Company’s products to their final selling destination are included in sales and marketing expenses on the consolidated statements of operations totaling $5,048, $5,271, and $4,883 for the December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company identifies and evaluates uncertain tax positions, if any, and recognizes the impact of uncertain tax positions for which there is a less than more-likely-than-not probability of the position being upheld when reviewed by the relevant taxing authority. Such positions are deemed to be unrecognized tax benefits and a corresponding liability is established on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company has not recognized a liability for uncertain tax positions. If there were an unrecognized tax benefit, the Company would recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation is in the form of stock options, restricted stock units ("RSU"), performance stock units ("PSU"), and recognized at, or above, the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.

The Company estimates the fair value of each stock option award on the date of grant using a multiple-point Black-Scholes option-pricing model. In addition, the Company measures stock options granted to employees at a premium price based on market conditions, such as the trading price of the Company’s common stock, using a Monte Carlo Simulation option-pricing model in estimating the fair value at the grant date.

The Company estimates the fair value of RSU grants based upon the grant date closing market price of the Company’s common stock.

The fair value of the PSU grants is based on the Company’s closing stock price on the grant date. The number of PSUs that will ultimately be earned is based upon the Company’s performance as measured against specified targets over the measurement period. Expectations related to the achievement of performance goals associated with PSU grants is assessed as of each reporting period and is used to determine whether PSU grants are expected to vest. If performance-based milestones related to PSU grants are not met or not expected to be met, any compensation expense recognized associated with such grants will be reversed.

The Company recognizes expense for all stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, RSUs, and PSUs granted to employees eligible for retirement, as defined within the award notice and allowing for continued vesting post-retirement, over the retirement notice period and continuously updates its estimate of expense over the notice period each reporting period if a retirement notice has not been provided.

The Company recognizes compensation expense related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of grant. The Company estimates the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for each purchase period. The grant date fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the offering period.

The determination of fair value using option-pricing models, as indicated above, is affected by the Company’s stock price, as well as assumptions regarding several subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards. The Company determines the expected term of each award

P85

Table of Content

giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules, and post-vesting forfeitures. The Company uses the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury issues with an equivalent remaining term approximately equal to the expected term of the award. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The expense is reduced for forfeitures as they occur.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing reported net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock of the Company. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per common share for all periods presented, since the effect of the potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. Potential dilutive common share equivalents consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options, RSUs, and PSUs.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standard Update 2023-09 — Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures ("ASU 2023-09"). The new guidance provides for disclosure on an annual basis of the following: (i) specific categories in the rate reconciliation, and (ii) additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold of greater than 5% of the amount computed by multiplying pretax income (or loss) by the applicable statutory income tax rate. The amendment in ASU 2023-09 is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025, early adoption is permitted. The Company expects to enhance annual income tax reporting disclosures based on the new requirements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update 2023-07 — Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures ("ASU 2023-07"). The new guidance requires disclosure on an annual and interim basis of the following: (i) significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") and a measure of segment profit or loss; (ii) an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition; (iii) all annual disclosures about a reportable segment's profit and loss and assets as currently required by Topic 280; (iv) clarify if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment's profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources; and (v) disclose title and position of the CODM and how the CODM uses the reported measures. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by this amendment. The amendment in ASU 2023-07 is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and for the quarters in the years after December 15, 2024, early adoption is permitted. The Company expects to enhance annual segment reporting disclosures based on the new requirements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-06 - Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848 ("ASU 2022-06"). ASU 2022-06 amended Accounting Standards Codification 848 Reference Rate Reform and ASU 2020 - 4, Reference Rate Reform. The amendment in ASU 2022-06 defers the sunset date of Topic 848 from December 31, 2022, to December 31, 2024, after which entities will no longer be permitted to apply the relief in Topic 848. The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. The Company early adopted ASU 2022-06 in the second quarter of 2023 and the adoption of this accounting standard did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

All other ASUs issued and not yet effective as of December 31, 2023, and through the date of this report, were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the Company’s current or future financial position or results of operations.

P86

Table of Content

3.Inventory

Inventory consists of the following:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Finished goods	$	13,545	$	12,651
Work in process	2,120		1,026
Raw materials	7,355		5,228
Inventory	$	23,020	$	18,905

The provision for inventory write-down for the years ended as follows:


	December 31,
(in thousands)	2023		2022		2021
Provision for inventory write-down	$	1,939	$	1,769	$	3,314

As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, we reserved $1,342 and $1,221, respectively, for potential losses relating to inventory.

4.Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Furniture and equipment	$	8,741	$	5,316
Building	60,679		—
Leasehold improvements	15,348		15,482
Processing equipment	13,116		4,227
Land	731		731
Finance lease right-of-use assets	138		131
Projects in process	3,674		63,703
Property and equipment, at cost	102,427		89,590
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(13,697)		(10,296)
Property and equipment, net	$	88,730	$	79,294

Depreciation expense is as follows for the years ended:


	December 31,
(in thousands)	2023		2022		2021
Depreciation expense	$	4,218	$	2,827	$	2,744

P87

Table of Content

5.Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets consist of the following:


	December 31, 2023						December 31, 2022
(in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount
Amortizable intangible assets:
Patents	$	4,905	$	(820)	$	4,085	$	3,792	$	(621)	$	3,170
License agreements	1,101		(1,087)		14		1,101		(1,014)		87
Total amortizable intangible assets	6,006		(1,907)		4,099		4,893		(1,635)		3,258

Unamortized intangible assets:
Trademarks	432		—		432		391		—		391
Total intangible assets	$	6,438	$	(1,907)	$	4,531	$	5,284	$	(1,635)	$	3,649

The amortization expense is as follows for the years ended:


	December 31,
(in thousands)	2023	2022	2021
Amortization expense	273	265	202

As of December 31, 2023, future amortization of patents and license agreements are as follows:


Year Ending December 31,
2024			236
2025			236
2026			235
2027			232
2028			232
Thereafter			2,928
Total			4,099

License Agreements

The Company has multiple license agreements with the University of Florida Research Foundation and the University of Texas at Austin (the "License Agreements") in which the Company acquired exclusive worldwide licenses for underlying technology used in repairing and regenerating nerves. The licensed technologies include the rights to issued patents and patents pending in the U.S. and international markets. The License Agreement with the University of Texas expired in September 2023 and the royalty obligations associated with the License Agreement with the University of Florida Research Foundation expired in December 2023.

The Company paid royalty fees ranging from 1% to 3% under the License Agreements based on net sales of licensed products. Also, when the Company paid royalties to more than one licensor for sales of the same product, a royalty stack cap applies, capping total royalties at 3.75%.

Royalty fees included in sales and marketing on the consolidated statement of operations are as follows for the years ended:


(in thousands)	December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Royalty fees	$	3,110	$	3,103	$	2,715

P84

Table of Content

6.Fair Value Measurement

The following tables represent the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2023, and 2022:


(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	24,977	$	—	$	—	$	24,977



Total assets	$	24,977	$	—	$	—	$	24,977

Liabilities:

Debt derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	2,987	$	2,987
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	2,987	$	2,987


December 31, 2022	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Money market funds	$	10,354	$	—	$	—	$	10,354
U.S. government securities	12,316		—		—		12,316
Commercial paper	—		21,189		—		21,189
Total assets	$	22,669	$	21,189	$	—	$	43,859

Liabilities:

Debt derivative liability	$	—	$	—	$	4,518	$	4,518
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	4,518	$	4,518

The changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:


(in thousands)	Debt Derivative Liabilities
Balance, December 31, 2021	$	5,562

Change in fair value included in net loss	(1,044)

Balance, December 31, 2022	4,518

Change in fair value included in net loss	(1,531)
Balance, December 31, 2023	$	2,987

There were no changes in the levels or methodology of the measurement of financial assets or liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022.

The fair value of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates the carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value and fair value of the Credit Facility was $46,603 and $51,486 at December 31, 2023, respectively, and $45,712 and $50,293 at December 31, 2022, respectively. See Note 9 - Long-Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees.

The debt derivative liabilities are measured using a ‘with and without’ valuation model to compare the fair value of each tranche of the Credit Facility including the identified embedded derivative feature and the fair value of a plain vanilla note with the same terms. The fair value of the Credit Facility including the embedded derivative features was determined using a probability-weighted expected return model based on four potential settlement scenarios for the Credit Facility included in the table below. The estimated settlement value of each scenario, which would include any required make-whole payment (see Note 9 - Long-Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees), is then discounted to present value using a discount rate that is derived based on the initial terms of the Credit Facility at issuance and corroborated utilizing a synthetic credit rating analysis.

P85

Table of Content

The significant inputs that are included in the valuation of the debt derivative liability - first tranche include:


	December 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Input
Remaining term (years)	3.5 years			4.5 years
Maturity date	June 30, 2027			June 30, 2027
Coupon rate	9.5% - 13.2%			9.5% - 12.7%
Revenue participation payments	Maximum each year			Maximum each year
Discount rate	12.06%		1	13.90	%	1
Probability of mandatory prepayment before 2024	N/A		2	5.0%		1
Estimated timing of mandatory prepayment event before 2024	N/A		2	December 31, 2023		1
Probability of mandatory prepayment 2024 or after	15.0%		1	15.0%		1
Estimated timing of mandatory prepayment event 2024 or after	March 31, 2026		1	March 31, 2026		1
Probability of optional prepayment event	5.0%		1	5.0%		1
Estimated timing of optional prepayment event	December 31, 2025		1	December 31, 2025		1
Probability of note held-to-maturity 3	80	%	1	75	%	1

1 Represents a significant unobservable input.

2 Scenario ended on December 31, 2023.

3 See Maturity date in table.

The significant inputs that are included in the valuation of the debt derivative liability - second tranche include:


	December 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Input
Remaining term (years)	4.5 years			5.5 years
Maturity date	June 30, 2028			June 30, 2028
Coupon rate	9.5% - 13.2%			9.5% - 12.7%
Revenue participation payments	Maximum each year			Maximum each year
Discount rate	15.60	%	1	17.56	%	1
Probability of mandatory prepayment before 2024	N/A		2	5.0%		1
Estimated timing of mandatory prepayment event before 2024	N/A		2	December 31, 2023		1
Probability of mandatory prepayment 2024 or after	15.0%		1	15.0%		1
Estimated timing of mandatory prepayment event 2024 or after	March 31, 2026		1	March 31, 2026		1
Probability of optional prepayment event	5.0%		1	5.0%		1
Estimated timing of optional prepayment event	December 31, 2025		1	December 31, 2025		1
Probability of note held-to-maturity3	80	%	1	75	%	1

1 Represents a significant unobservable input.

2 Scenario ended on December 31, 2023.

3 See Maturity date in table.

P86

Table of Content

7.Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Accounts payable	$	11,774	$	8,964
Accrued expenses	3,180		4,520
Accrued compensation	13,929		8,959
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	28,883	$	22,443

8.Leases

The Company leases administrative, manufacturing, research and distribution facilities through operating leases. Several leases include fixed payments including rent and non-lease components such as common-area or other maintenance costs.

The components of total lease expense for the years ended were as follows:


	December 31,
(in thousands)	2023		2022		2021
Finance lease costs
Amortization of right-of-use assets	$	4	$	20	$	22
Interest on lease obligations	3		2		2
Operating lease costs
Operating lease costs	3,316		4,077		4,326
Short-term lease costs	520		72		10
Variable lease costs	1,438		1,241		744
Total lease expense	$	5,282	$	5,412	$	5,104

Supplemental balance sheet information related to the operating and financing leases is as follows:


(In thousands, except lease term and discount rate)	December 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Operating Leases
Right-of-use operating assets	$	15,562		$	14,369
Current maturities of long-term lease obligations	$	1,541		$	1,303
Long-term lease obligations	$	21,123		$	20,387
Financing Leases
Right-of-use financing leases (1)	$	28		$	41
Current maturities of long-term lease obligations	$	6		$	7
Long-term lease obligations	$	19		$	18

Weighted average operating lease term (in years):	9.6			11
Weighted average financing term (in years):	6.5			4

Weighted average discount rate operating leases	10.99		%	10.58		%
Weighted average discount rate financing leases	13.22		%	11.91		%

(1) Financing leases are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

P87

Table of Content

Future minimum lease payments under operating and financing leases as of December 31, 2023, were as follows:


(In thousands)
Year ending December 31,
2024	$	3,925
2025	4,134
2026	4,269
2027	3,106
2028	3,104
Thereafter	18,566
Total	$	37,104
Less: Imputed interest	(14,415)
Total lease liability	22,689
Less: Current lease liability	(1,547)
Long-term lease liability	$	21,142

New leases

The Company accounts for new leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases.

On May 9, 2023, the Company entered into a Commercial Lease with JA-Cole L.P., with an effective date of May 9, 2023 (the "2023 JA-Cole Lease"). The 2023 JA-Cole Lease is for an additional 2,500 square feet of office and warehouse facility located in Burleson, Texas. The Commercial Lease has a commencement date of September 1, 2023, and an expiration date of September 30, 2027. The Company valued the 2023 JA-Cole Lease using a 13.9% incremental borrowing rate and recorded a right-of-use asset and a lease liability of $98 on the commencement date.

On October 6, 2023, the Company entered into a Commercial Lease with JA-Cole L.P., with an effective date of September 27, 2023 (the "2023 JA-Cole Lease No. 2"). The 2023 JA-Cole Lease No. 2 is for an additional 2,500 square feet of office and warehouse facility located in Burleson, Texas. The Commercial Lease has a commencement date of October 6, 2023, and an expiration date of April 30, 20230. The Company valued the 2023 JA-Cole Lease No. 2 using a 14.2% incremental borrowing rate and recorded a right-of-use asset and a lease liability of $138 on the commencement date.

On December 27, 2023, the Company entered into the Ninth Amendment to License and Service Agreement ("Ninth Amendment") with Community Blood Center (d/b/a Community Tissue Services) with an effective date of December 21, 2023, pursuant to the original License and Services Agreement dated August 6, 2015. The Ninth Amendment has a commencement date of December 21, 2023, and an expiration date of December 31, 2026. The Company valued the Ninth Amendment using a 13.6% incremental borrowing rate and recorded a right-of-use asset and lease liability of $1,787 on the commencement date.

Lease modifications

The Company accounts for lease revisions as a lease modification in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, when the modification effectively terminates the existing lease and creates a new lease.

On January 27, 2022, the Company entered into a Commercial Lease Amendment ("Amendment") with JA-Cole L.P., with an effective date of February 1, 2022, pursuant to the original Commercial Lease dated April 21, 2015, as amended (the "2015 JA-Cole Lease"). The 2015 JA-Cole Lease is for the office and warehouse facility located in Burleson, Texas. The Amendment revised the commencement date to May 1, 2022, and the expiration date to April 30, 2027. The Company valued the 2015 JA-Cole Lease using a 11.3% incremental borrowing rate and recorded a right-of-use asset and a lease liability of $641 as a result of this amendment.

On August 22, 2022, the Company entered into the First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with JA-Cole, L.P. with an effective date of October 1, 2022, pursuant to the original Commercial Lease dated October 1, 2020, as amended (the "2020 JA-Cole Lease"). The 2020 JA-Cole Lease is for the office and warehouse facility located in Burleson, Texas. The First Amendment adds an additional 2,500 square feet to the Leased Premises, for a total of 5,000 square feet and revises the expiration date of the 2020 JA-Cole Lease to mean September 30, 2027. The Company valued the 2020 JA Cole Lease using a 12.8% incremental borrowing rate and recorded a right-of-use asset and a lease liability of $221 as a result of this amendment.

P88

Table of Content

9.Long-Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees

Long-term debt, net of debt discount and financing fees consists of the following:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Credit Facility - first tranche	$	35,000	$	35,000
Credit Facility - second tranche	15,000		15,000
Less - unamortized debt discount and deferred financing fees	(3,397)		(4,288)
Long-term debt, net of debt discount and financing fees	$	46,603	$	45,712

Credit Facility

On June 29, 2023, the Company amended its Credit Facility with Oberland Capital and its affiliates TPC Investments II LP and Argo LLC (collectively, the "Lender"). The term loan agreement for the Credit Facility was amended to transition the base interest rate from three-month LIBOR to Adjusted SOFR. The Company obtained the first tranche of $35,000 at closing on June 30, 2020. On June 30, 2021, the second tranche of $15,000 was drawn down by the Company.

Each tranche under the Credit Facility requires quarterly interest payments for seven years. Interest is calculated as 7.5% plus the greater of Adjusted SOFR or 2.0% (12.99% as of December 31, 2023); provided that the interest rate shall never be less than 9.5%. Each tranche of the Credit Facility has a term of seven years from the date of issuance (with the first tranche issued on June 30, 2020, maturing on June 30, 2027, and the second tranche issued on June 30, 2021, maturing on June 30, 2028). In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a revenue participation agreement (the “Revenue Participation Agreement”) with the Lender, which provided that, among other things, a quarterly royalty payment as a percentage of the Company’s net revenues up to $70 million in any given year, after April 1, 2021, ending on the date upon which all amounts owed under the Credit Facility have been paid in full. This structure results in approximately 1.5% per year of additional interest payments on the outstanding loan amount. The Company recorded interest expense for this Revenue Participation Agreement of $756 for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The Company pays the quarterly debt interest on the last day of the quarter, and for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, paid $6,436 and $5,074, respectively, to the Lender. The Company capitalized interest of $5,285 and $6,155 for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively, towards the costs to construct and retrofit its APC Facility in Vandalia, OH. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies. To date, the Company has capitalized interest of $16,714 related to this project. The capitalized interest is recorded as part of property and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

The amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility may be accelerated upon certain events, including: (a) required mandatory prepayments upon an asset sale; (b) in the event the Company is subject to (i) any litigation brought by a Governmental Authority (as defined in the Credit Facility) including intervention after litigation is commenced by a Person (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) any final administrative action by a Governmental Authority, in each case arising out of or in connection with any of the Company’s registry studies, payments made to doctors or training activities with respect to healthcare professionals (excluding certain final administrative actions that have been fully and finally resolved by the parties pursuant to a settlement agreement) or (c) upon the occurrence of an event of default (either automatically or at the option of the Lender depending on the nature of the event). In addition, the Company has the right to prepay any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility. Upon maturity or upon such earlier repayment of the Credit Facility, the Company will repay the principal balance and provide a make-whole payment calculated to generate an internal rate of return to the Lender equal to 11.5%, less the total of all quarterly interest and royalty payments previously paid to the Lender. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies for further information related to the make-whole payment calculation.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the interest rate incurred on amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility will be increased by 4%. The Credit Facility includes a financial covenant requiring the Company to achieve certain revenue targets each quarter. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with all the covenants. In the event of a failure to meet such covenants the Company may avoid a default by electing to be subject to a liquidity covenant and meeting all of the obligations required by such covenant. The borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company.

The debt derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value, with the change in fair value reported in change in the fair value of the derivative on the consolidated statements of operations at each reporting date. See Note 6 - Fair Value Measurement.

P89

Table of Content

Unamortized Debt Discount and Financing Fees

The unamortized debt discount consists of the remaining initial fair values of the embedded derivatives related to the Credit Facility.

The financing fees for the Credit Facility were $642 and were recorded as a contra liability to long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet.

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, was $891, $891 and $831, respectively, and recorded in interest expense using the effective interest rate method.

Other Credit Facilities

The Company had restricted cash of $6,002 and $6,251 at December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The December 31, 2023, and 2022 balances both include $6,000, which represents collateral for an irrevocable standby letter of credit. In March 2021, the Company entered into an agreement which required an additional irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $250, which was terminated during the third quarter of 2023.

10.Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

The following reflects the net loss attributable to common shareholders and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations using the two-class method as of:


	December 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)		2023		2022		2021
Numerator:
Net loss		$	(21,716)	$	(28,948)	$	(26,985)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (Basic)		42,878,543		42,083,125		41,214,889
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (Diluted)		42,878,543		42,083,125		41,214,889
Net loss per common share (Basic and Diluted)		$	(0.51)	$	(0.69)	$	(0.65)

Anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (1)
Stock options		4,404,765		3,133,865		1,364,567
Restricted stock units		386,402		454,430		333,276

(1) These common equivalent shares are not included in the diluted per share calculations as they would be anti-dilutive if the Company was in a net income position.

11.Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains two stock-based incentive plans: the Axogen, Inc. 2019 Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended ("2019 Plan") approved by shareholders on May 25, 2022, which provides incentives through the grants of stock options, non-qualified stock options, PSUs and RSUs to employees, directors, and consultants which replaced the Company's 2010 Stock Incentive Plan ("2010 Plan") and the Axogen 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2017 ESPP”).

At the August 15, 2023, Annual Shareholder Meeting, approval was received to increase the number of shares available under the 2017 ESPP Plan by 600,000 to 1,200,000.

As of December 31, 2023, there were 1,864,063 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2019 Plan. Additionally, the Company issued 215,800 options and 112,500 restricted stock units as inducement grants to certain employees in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

P90

Table of Content

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended:


	December 31,
(in thousands)		2023		2022		2021
Costs of goods sold		$	796	$	215	$	157
Sales and marketing		2,982		2,341		2,905
Research and development		3,875		2,640		1,923
General and administrative		6,764		10,395		5,934
Total stock-based compensation expense		$	14,418	$	15,591	$	10,919

Stock Options

The options granted to employees prior to July 1, 2017, typically vest 25% one year after the grant date and 12.5% every six months thereafter for the remaining three-year period until fully vested after four years. The options granted to employees after July 1, 2017, typically vest 50% two years after the grant date and 12.5% every six months thereafter for the remaining two-year period until fully vested after four years. The options granted to directors and certain options granted from time to time to certain executive officers have vested ratably over three years or 25% per quarter over one year. Options typically have terms ranging from seven to ten years. The Company estimates the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using a multiple-point Black-Scholes model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The expense has been reduced for forfeitures as they occur.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the calculation of fair value for stock options granted for the following periods:



	Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Expected term (in years)	5.40		6.01		5.88
Expected volatility	59.32	%	61.17	%	58.38	%
Risk free interest rate	3.52	%	2.31	%	1.02	%
Expected dividends	—	%	—	%	—	%

The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:


	Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2022	3,894,856	$	14.38	6.78	$	2,783
Granted (1)	1,393,464	$	7.88
Forfeited	(740,319)	$	13.09
Exercised	(175,758)	$	5.94
Outstanding at December 31, 2023	4,372,243	$	12.87	6.43	$	87

Exercisable at December 31, 2023	2,281,681	$	16.33	4.26	$	0

(1) Options granted include 215,800 inducement shares. in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $4.72, $4.65, $10.53, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $1,710, $2,643 and $14,167, respectively.

P91

Table of Content

As of December 31, 2023, there was approximately $6,414 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs granted to employees have a requisite service period of four years. The RSUs granted to directors and certain RSUs granted from time to time to certain executive officers have a requisite service period of three years, while certain of these RSUs have a requisite service period of one year. The Company expenses the fair value of RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The following table summarizes the activity for restricted stock units for the indicated periods:


	Outstanding Restricted Stock Units
	Stock Units	Weighted Average Fair Value at Date of Grant per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Unvested December 31, 2022	1,861,106	$	11.13	1.60	$	18,574
Granted (1)	1,359,500	$	8.10
Released	(324,731)	$	16.23
Forfeited	(560,645)	$	9.70
Unvested December 31, 2023	2,335,230	$	9.00	1.39	$	15,950

(1) RSU granted include 112,500 inducements shares. in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $8.10, $8.40, $20.13, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, there was approximately $12,530 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested restricted stock. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.51 years. The total fair market value of restricted stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $2,685, $2,288 and $2,179, respectively.

Performance Stock Units

The Company estimates the fair value of the PSUs based on its closing stock price at the time of grant and its estimate of achieving such performance target and records compensation expense as the milestones are achieved. PSUs generally have a requisite service period of three years and are subject to graded vesting conditions based on revenue goals of the Company. The Company expenses their fair value over the requisite service period. Over the performance period, the number of shares of common stock that will ultimately vest and be issued and the related compensation expense will be adjusted based upon the Company’s estimate of achieving such performance target. The number of shares delivered to recipients and the related compensation cost recognized as an expense will be based on the actual performance metrics as set forth in the applicable PSU award agreement. The amount actually awarded will be based upon achievement of the performance measures.

The following table summarizes the activity for performance stock units for the indicated periods:


	Outstanding Performance Stock Units
	Stock Units	Weighted Average Fair Value at Date of Grant per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Unvested December 31, 2022	1,112,031	$	15.90	1.86	$	11,098
Granted	747,870	8.29
Released	(41,833)	12.00
Forfeited	(560,656)	15.46
Unvested December 31, 2023	1,257,412	$	11.69	1.76	$	8,588

P92

Table of Content

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of performance stock units during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $8.29, $8.23 and $20.70, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, there was approximately $2,423 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested performance stock. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.76 years. The total fair market value of performance stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $374, $673 and $2,302, respectively.

PSU Awards

On December 18, 2017, December 27, 2018, and December 17, 2019, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved PSU awards to certain employees related to their work on the Company’s Biologics License Application ("BLA"). As of December 31, 2023, 255,283 PSU awards were available to vest. The number of shares is allocated to certain milestones related to the BLA submission to and approval by the FDA. These awards are expected to begin vesting when the BLA is submitted to the FDA, which is not expected to be until the third quarter of 2024. The performance measure is based upon achieving each of the specific milestones and will vest 50% upon achieving each of the milestones and 50% one year later. No expense has been recognized on these awards.

On March 16, 2021, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved PSU awards of 332,200 shares tied to 2022 revenue, with a payout ranging from 0% to 200% upon achievement of specific revenue goals. In the fourth quarter of 2021, it was determined that the performance metrics tied to 2022 revenue were no longer probable; therefore, stock compensation expense related to these awards of $1,831 was reversed in 2021.

On March 16, 2022, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved PSU awards of 526,467 shares tied to revenue from 2022 to 2024 with a pay-out range from 0% to 150% upon achievement of specific revenue targets. At December 31, 2023, the total future stock compensation expense related to non-vested performance awards is expected to be $292 for those awards issued on March 16, 2022.

On March 16, 2023, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved PSU awards of 744,000 shares tied to revenue from 2023 to 2025 with a pay-out range from 0% to 150% upon achievement of specific revenue targets. At December 31, 2023, the total future stock compensation expense related to non-vested performance awards is expected to be $2,226 for those awards issued on March 16, 2023.

2017 ESPP

The 2017 ESPP allows eligible employees to acquire shares of the Company's common stock through payroll deductions at a discount to market price (currently 15.0%) of the lesser of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the first day or last day of the offering period. The offering period is currently 6 months. Participants may not purchase more than $25 or 3,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in a calendar year through the ESPP. Stock-based compensation expense related to the 2017 ESPP, included in total stock-based compensation expense, was $333, $844 and $401 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The following are the weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of ESPP options for the years ended December 31:


	December 31,

	2023		2022		2021
Expected term (in years)	0.5		0.5		0.5
Expected volatility	53.6	%	66.5	%	48.0	%
Risk-free interest rate	5.1	%	1.1	%	0.1	%
Expected dividends	—	%	—	%	—	%

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of ESPP options during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $2.84, $2.87, $5.18 respectively.

P93

Table of Content

12.Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the balance sheet approach, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, as measured by enacted state and federal tax rates. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:


(in thousands)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	41,454	$	42,716
Inventory write-down	347		503



Allowance for doubtful accounts	87		169
Lease obligations	5,867		5,643
Stock-based compensation	6,084		5,274
Capitalized research and development costs	11,530		6,357
Debt derivative liability	772		1,174
Charitable contributions	3		203
Accrued compensation	56		1,010
Total deferred tax assets	66,200		63,049
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	(978)		(983)
Amortization	(51)		(17)
Right-of-use assets	(4,031)		(3,744)
Contract liabilities	—		4
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,060)		(4,740)
Net deferred tax assets	61,140		58,309
Valuation allowance	$	(61,140)	$	(58,309)

A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or none of the deferred tax assets will be realized. As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets. After consideration of all the evidence, including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income and other factors, management determined that a full valuation allowance was necessary as of December 31, 2023, and 2022. The valuation allowance increased by $2,831 and $5,058 during 2023 and 2022, respectively, primarily as a result of the increase in the capitalized research and development costs for tax purposes.

The Company adopted Section 174 of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 ("TCJA") which requires taxpayers to capitalize and amortize research and development expenditures for the tax years beginning after December 31, 2022. This rule became effective for the Company during 2022 and resulted in capitalized research and development costs of $11,530 being recorded to deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023.

The difference between the financial statement income tax benefit and the income tax benefit using statutory rates is primarily due to a combination of items: valuation allowance; non-deductible permanent items such as meals, entertainment and equity compensation. The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

P94

Table of Content


	December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Federal tax rate	21.0	%	21.0	%	21.0	%
State taxes - net of Federal benefit	1.5	%	4.1	%	5.1	%
Permanent items and other deductions	(8.7)	%	(7.1)	%	(1.6)	%
Other	(0.8)	%	(0.5)	%	0.2	%
Valuation allowance	(13.0)	%	(17.5)	%	(24.7)	%
Effective income tax rate	—	%	—	%	—	%

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had tax-effected net operating loss carryforwards of $41,254 to offset future taxable income. The Tax Cuts & Job Act (TCJA) enacted significant changes to Net Operating Loss ("NOL") utilization. NOL’s generated after January 1, 2018 limiting the NOL utilization to 80% of taxable income. The remaining 20% is carried forward to subsequent years. Net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, are carried forward indefinitely. Net operating losses incurred in tax years prior to January 1, 2018, are subject to a twenty-year carryforward before expiring. A portion of the net operating loss carryforwards may expire due to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Future utilization of the available net operating loss carryforward may be limited under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 as a result of changes in ownership.

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the U.S. These examinations could include examining the timing and amount of deductions, the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, state, and local laws. The Company’s remaining open tax years subject to examination by federal tax authorities include the years ended December 31, 2020, through 2023. The Company's remaining open tax years subject to examination by state and foreign tax authorities include the years ended December 31, 2019, through 2023. However, for tax years 2004 through 2017, federal and state taxing authorities may examine and adjust loss carryforwards in the years in which those loss carryforwards are ultimately utilized.

Legislation enacted in 2018, titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or to provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period expense only. The Company has elected to account for GILTI in the year the tax is incurred.

The Company has no recorded income tax expense or income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 due to the generation of net operating losses. The Company is in a three year cumulative loss and net Deferred Tax Asset (DTA) position, the benefits of which have been fully reserved as of December 31, 2023. The Company does not believe there are any additional tax refund opportunities currently available

13.Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors the Axogen 401(k) plan (the "401(k) Plan"), a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees of the Company. All full-time employees who have attained the age of 18 are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Eligibility is immediate upon employment and enrollment is available any time during employment. Participating employees may make annual pretax contributions to their accounts up to a maximum amount as limited by law. The 401(k) Plan requires the Company to make 100% matching contributions on up to 3% of the employee’s annual salary and 50% matching contributions on up to the next 2% of the employee’s annual salary as long as the employee participates in the 401(k) Plan. Both employee contributions and Company contributions vest immediately. Employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $1,612, $1,409, and $1,346 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

14.Commitments and Contingencies

Service Agreements

The Company pays CTS a facility fee for the use of clean room/manufacturing, storage, and office space and for services in support of its product process including for routine sterilization of daily supplies, providing disposable supplies and microbial services, and office support. Pursuant to the CTS Agreement, the Company recorded expenses of $2,327, $2,278 and $2,466 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and included in cost of goods sold. The CTS Agreement was

P95

Table of Content

amended on December 31, 2023, extending the term through December 31, 2026. The CTS Agreement may be terminated by either party by providing an eighteen-month written notice. The Company reduced its utilization of CTS in the fourth quarter 2023 for Avance, however, will continue to utilize CTS beyond 2023 for the processing of Avive +.

In December 2011, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement for Clinical Research and Related Services. The Company was required to pay $151 upon execution of this agreement and the remainder monthly based on activities associated with the execution of the Company's phase 3 pivotal clinical trial to support the biologics license application ("BLA") for Avance Nerve Graft. Payments made under this agreement were $191, $1,254 and $1,100 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Distribution and Supply Agreements

In August 2008, the Company entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with Cook Biotech Incorporated ("Cook Biotech") to distribute the Axoguard Nerve Connector and Axoguard Nerve Protector products worldwide and the parties subsequently amended the agreement on August 4, 2023. The distribution agreement expires on December 31, 2030. The Cook Biotech agreement establishes a formula for the transfer cost of the Axoguard products and requires certain minimum purchases by the Company, although, through mutual agreement, the parties have not established such minimums; and, to date, have not enforced such provision. Under the Cook Biotech agreement, the Company provides purchase orders to Cook Biotech, and Cook Biotech fulfills the purchase orders. The agreement allows for termination provisions for both parties. The loss of the ability to sell the Axoguard products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business until other replacement products would be available.

In June 2017, the Company entered into the Nerve End Cap Supply Agreement (the "Supply Agreement") with Cook Biotech whereby Cook Biotech is the exclusive contract manufacturer of the Axoguard Nerve Cap, and the parties subsequently amended the agreement on August 4, 2023. The Supply Agreement expires on December 31, 2030. The agreement establishes the terms and conditions in which Cook Biotech will manufacture the product to the Company Under the Supply Agreement the Company provides purchase orders to Cook Biotech and Cook Biotech fulfills the purchase orders. The agreement allows for termination provisions for both parties The loss of the ability to sell the Axoguard Nerve Cap products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business until other replacement products would be available.

In May 2023, the Company entered into a Supply and Manufacturing Agreement ("HA+ Supply Agreement") with Cook Biotech whereby Cook Biotech is the exclusive contract manufacturer of the Axoguard HA + Nerve Protector. The HA+ Supply Agreement expires on July 1, 2030. The Agreement establishes the terms and condition in which Cook Biotech will manufacture, package, label and deliver the product to the Company. Under the Cook Biotech agreement, the Company provides purchase orders to Cook Biotech, and Cook Biotech fulfills the purchase orders. The agreement allows for termination provisions for both parties The loss of the ability to sell the Axoguard products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business until other replacement products would be available. On January 31, 2024, RTI Surgical, Inc. announced the acquisition of Cook Biotech. Although we do not expect the acquisition of Cook Biotech to have a material impact on our relationship with Cook Biotech or our operations.

Processing Facilities

The Company is highly dependent on the continued availability of its processing facilities at CTS and APC in Dayton, Ohio and could be harmed if the physical infrastructure of this facility is unavailable for any prolonged period of time.

Certain Economic Development Grants

The Company obtained certain economic development grants from state and local authorities totaling up to $2,685 including $1,250 of cash grants to offset costs to acquire and develop the APC Facility. The economic development grants are subject to certain job creation milestones by December 31, 2023, and have clawback clauses if the Company does not meet the job creation milestones. The Company requested an extension from the grant authorities to extend the job creation milestones and received approval to extend the evaluation date to December 31, 2024, and the expiration date to December 31, 2026. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had received $1,188 in cash grants during the years ended 2021 and 2020.

Fair Value of the Debt Derivative Liabilities

The fair value of the debt derivative liabilities is $2,987 as of December 31, 2023. The fair value of the debt derivative liabilities was determined using a probability-weighted expected return model based upon the four potential settlement scenarios for the Credit Facility which are described in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Derivative Instruments. The estimated settlement value of each scenario, includes any required make-whole payment see Note 9 - Long-

P96

Table of Content

Term Debt, Net of Debt Discount and Financing Fees, is then discounted to present value using a discount rate that is derived based upon the initial terms of the Credit Facility at issuance and corroborated utilizing a synthetic rating analysis. The calculated fair values under the four scenarios are then compared to the fair value of a plain vanilla note, with the difference reflecting the fair value of the debt derivative liabilities. The Company estimated the make-whole payments required under each scenario according to the terms of the Credit Facility to generate an internal rate of return equal to 11.5% through the scheduled maturity dates, less the total of all quarterly interest and royalty payments previously paid to the Lender. The calculation utilized the XIRR function in Microsoft Excel as required by the Credit Facility. If the debt is not prepaid but instead is held to its scheduled maturities, the Company’s estimate of the make-whole payment for the first and second tranches of the Credit Facility due on June 30, 2027, and June 30, 2028, respectively, are approximately zero. The Company has consistently applied this approach since the inception of the debt agreement on June 30, 2020.

The Company has become aware that the Lender may have an alternative interpretation of the calculation of the make-whole payments that the Company believes does not properly utilize the same methodology utilized by the XIRR function in Microsoft Excel as described in the Credit Facility. The Company estimates the top end of the range of the make-whole payments if the debt is held to scheduled maturity under an alternative interpretation to be approximately $9,000 for the first tranche of the Credit Facility on June 30, 2027, and approximately $4,000 for the second tranche of the Credit Facility on June 30, 2028. Further, if the debt is prepaid prior to the scheduled maturity dates and subject to the alternative interpretation, the make-whole payment would be larger than the amounts herein.

Other Commitments

Certain executive officers of the Company are parties to employment contracts. Such contracts have severance payments for certain conditions including change of control. During 2023, the Company entered into certain severance agreements with former employees to pay $755 in severance and $300 in consulting fees in 2024, these amounts were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheet.

The Company also entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with its CEO on January 4, 2024, which will result in potential payments of $1,538 and $1,646 in 2024 and 2025, respectively, which includes the CEO's 2023 bonus to be paid in March 2024, salary, 2024 bonus to paid in March of 2025, accrued PTO through January 5, 2025, nine months of senior advisory fees, and eighteen months of COBRA payments. Actual timing of payments are subject to the determination of the end of CEO Term per the Transition and Separation Agreement.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is and may be subject to various claims, lawsuits, and proceedings in the ordinary course of the Company's business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. While there can be no assurances as to the ultimate outcome of any legal proceeding or other loss contingency involving the Company. In the opinion of management, such claims are either adequately covered by insurance or otherwise indemnified, or are not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a material, adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is possible that the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows in a particular period could be materially affected by these contingencies.

15.Subsequent Event

On January 4, 2024, Karen Zaderej, the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and President of the Company informed the Company of her intention to retire in January 2025.Ms. Zaderej’s retirement will qualify as a Qualified Retirement under the terms of Ms. Zaderej’s equity award agreements, which allow for continuation of vesting of certain equity awards (the “Retirement Vesting”) following retirement pursuant to the terms of the retirement program the Compensation Committee of the Board approved in March 2022.

Pursuant to the terms of the Transition and Separation Agreement, dated January 4, 2024, between the Company and Ms. Zaderej (the “Transition Agreement”), Ms. Zaderej will remain the Company’s CEO until the earlier of (i) January 4, 2025, (ii) the date the Board identifies a new CEO, or (iii) she is terminated with or without substantial cause (the “CEO Term”). During the CEO Term, Ms. Zaderej will continue to receive her base salary and benefits, as well as continued vesting of all unvested equity awards previously granted to Ms. Zaderej. At the conclusion of the CEO Term, Ms. Zaderej will cease vesting in all prior equity awards except for awards subject to Qualified Retirement (as defined below) treatment. Post the CEO Term, Ms. Zaderej would resign from all board and officer positions she holds with the Company and its affiliates.

P97

Table of Content

Following the CEO Term, she will provide transition services for nine months following the end of the CEO Term, unless such period is earlier terminated by the Board of Directors (the “Transition Period”). During the Transition Period, Ms. Zaderej will be employed as a senior advisor and will receive $112,500 per month for the first six months for 40 hours of work per week and $75,000 per month for the final three months for 20 hours of work per week to provide transition services as determined by the Board. Following the CEO Term and the first six months of the Transition Period, Ms. Zaderej will be reimbursed for continuation coverage under the Company’s medical plan through COBRA until the earlier of (i) 18 months, (ii) the date she becomes eligible for coverage under another employer’s medical plan, or (iii) she is no longer eligible for coverage through COBRA. Additionally, Ms. Zaderej will be entitled to receive her 2023 bonus, as well as a prorated bonus earned in 2024 during the CEO Term.

On January 5, 2024, the Company and Peter J. Mariani, the Company's former CFO, entered into a Separation, Waiver and Release of Claims Agreement ("Separation Agreement") providing for the terms of his separation of employment with the Company. The separation was effective December 22, 2023, and provided for certain lump sum payments totaling $755 and $300 in a consulting agreement which extends through 2024 .

P98

Table of Content

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures” as defined in Rules 13a-15€ and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and Board of Directors, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired objectives, and we necessarily are required to apply our judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures.

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023, and concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2023, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act).

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with US GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

•Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

•Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

•Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to a change in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective.

P99

Table of Content

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, who audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of management's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On March 4, 2024, our board of directors established June 5, 2024 as the date of our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders (the “2024 Annual Meeting”). The time and location of the 2024 Annual Meeting will be specified in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting. Because the date of the 2024 Annual Meeting is more than 30 days before the anniversary of our 2023 annual meeting of shareholders, the Company is informing shareholders of this change in accordance with Rule 14a-15(f) under the Exchange Act and is informing shareholders of the new dates described below for submitting shareholder proposals and other matters.

In accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and our Bylaws, shareholder proposals or director nominations must be received by the Company’s Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on March 15, 2024

Any proposal or nomination must meet the requirements set forth in the Bylaws in order to be properly brought before the Annual Meeting.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

P100

Table of Content

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Information required by this item concerning our directors will be set forth under the caption “Election of Directors” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

If applicable, information required by this item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended, will be set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management — Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information required by this item concerning our audit committee, our audit committee financial expert and any material changes to the way in which security holders may recommend nominees our Board of Directors will be set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is posted on our website https://ir.axogeninc.com/governance-docs that is applicable to all employees and directors. We will provide copies of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics without charge upon request. To obtain a copy, please visit our website or send your written request to Investors Relations, 13631 Progress Blvd., Suite 400, Alachua, FL 32615. With respect to any amendments or waivers of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (to the extent applicable to our chief executive officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions) we intend to either post such amendments or waivers on our website or disclose such amendments or waivers pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Information required by this item will be set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Information required by this item concerning ownership will be set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Information required by this item concerning ownership will be set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance — Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

Information required by this item concerning ownership will be set forth under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

P101

Table of Content

PART IV

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

AXOGEN, INC.

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021


(in thousands)	Balance at Beginning of Year		Additions		Deductions (Charge-offs)		Balance at End of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts
2021	$	416	$	—	$	(140)	$	276
2022	$	276	$	612	$	(238)	$	650
2023	$	650	$	—	$	(313)	$	337

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
2021	$	46,517	$	6,734			$	53,251
2022	$	53,251	$	5,058	$	—	$	58,309
2023	$	58,309	$	2,831	$	—	$	61,140

Valuation for inventory reserves
2021	$	1,553	$	3,314	$	(2,291)	$	2,576
2022	2,576		1,769		(2,410)		1,935
2023	1,935		1,939		(2,533)		1,342

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Schedules not included have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto.

P102

Table of Content

(b)Exhibits

The following exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference in the Form 10-K.


Exhibit Number						Description

3.1						Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Axogen, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 6, 2019).

+3.2						Axogen, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of August 15, 2023.

4.1						Description of Securities of Axogen, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed on February 24, 2020).

*10.2.1						Amended and Restated Standard Exclusive License Agreement with Sublicensing Terms, dated as of February 21, 2006, by and between Axogen Corporation and the University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2011).

10.2.2						Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Standard Exclusive License Agreement No. A5140, effective as of July 5, 2016, by and between Axogen Corporation and the University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2016).

10.2.3						Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Standard Exclusive License Agreement No. A5140 effective as of October 19, 2021, by and between AxoGen, Inc.and the University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, file on March 14, 2023).

*10.3						Sid Martin Biotechnology Development Institute Incubator License Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2006, by and between Axogen, Inc. and the University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2011).

*10.4.1						Amended and Restated Nerve Tissue Processing Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008, by and between Axogen Corporation and LifeNet Health (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2011).

*10.4.2						Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Nerve Tissue Processing Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011, by and between Axogen Corporation and LifeNet Health (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2011).

*10.5.1						Distribution Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2008, by and between Axogen, Inc. and Cook Biotech Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2011).

10.5.2						Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2012, by and between Axogen, Inc. and Cook Biotech Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 15, 2012).

10.5.3						Amendment No. 2 to Distribution Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2018, by and between Axogen, Inc. and Cook Biotech Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

P103

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description

10.5.4						Amendment No. 3 to Distribution Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2023, by and between Axogen, Inc. and Cook Biotech Incorporated (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, filed August 8, 2023."

10.6.1						Lease dated as of February 6, 2007, by and between Axogen Corporation and WIGSHAW, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, filed on November 14, 2011).

10.6.2						Amendment dated February 27, 2012 to lease dated as of February 6, 2007, by and between Axogen Corporation and WIGSHAW, LLC, its successors and assigns (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 15, 2012).

10.6.3						Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of February 27, 2013 to lease dated as of February 6, 2007, by and between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 12, 2013).

10.6.4						Third Amendment to Lease, dated November 12, 2013 to lease dated as of February 6, 2007, by and between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 6, 2014).

10.6.5						Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 16, 2016, by and between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2016).

10.6.6						Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 30, 2020, by and between AxoGen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 4, 2020).

10.6.7						Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated as of July 13, 2021, by and between Axogen Corporation and Ology Bioservices Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2021).

10.6.8						Current Premises Election Notice, dated as of April 10, 2018, by and between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2018).

10.6.9						Letter Agreement effective September 20, 2018 by between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2018).

**10.7						Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on April 8, 2016).

**10.8.1						Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2007).

**10.8.2						Amended Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

P104

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description


10.9.1						Commercial Lease, dated April 21, 2015, by and between Axogen Corporation and Ja-Cole, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 22, 2015).

10.9.2						Addendum to Commercial Lease, dated April 21, 2015 by and between Axogen Corporation and Ja-Cole, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 22, 2015).

10.9.3						Commercial Lease Amendment 2, dated as of October 25, 2016, by and between Axogen Corporation and Ja-Cole L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2016).

10.9.4						Commercial Lease Amendment 3, dated November 21, 2018 by and between Ja-Cole L.P. and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2018).

10.9.5						Commercial Lease Amendment 4, dated March 12, 2019, by and between Ja-Cole L.P. and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, filed on May 8, 2019).

10.9.6						Commercial Lease Amendment, dated as of January 27, 2022, by and between Ja-Cole L.P. and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2022).

+10.9.7						Commercial Lease Amendment 6, dated March 10, 2023, by and between Ja-Cole L.P. and Axogen , Inc.

+10.9.8						Commercial Lease Amendment, dated May 9, 2023, by and between Ja-Cole L.P. and Axogen, Inc.

10.10.1						License and Services Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015, by and between Axogen Corporation and Community Blood Center (d/b/a Community Tissue Services) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015, filed on November 5, 2015).

10.10.2						Fourth Amendment to License and Services Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2019, by and between Axogen Corporation and Community Blood Center (d/b/a Community Tissue Services). (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed on February 26, 2019)

10.10.3						Seventh Amendment to License and Services Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and between Axogen Corporation and Community Blood Center (d/b/a Community Tissue Services) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 26, 2021).

10.10.4						Eighth Amendment to License and Services Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2022, by and between Axogen Corporation and Community Blood Center(d/b/a Community Tissue Services) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 25, 2022).
+10.10.5						Ninth Amendment to License and Services Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2023, by and between Axogen Corporation and Community Blood Center (d/b/a Community Tissue Services).

P105

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description

10.11						Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

*10.12						Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of May 26, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

**10.13						Retention Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated December 29, 2016, by and between Axogen, Inc. and Karen Zaderej, pursuant to Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

**10.16						Form of 2018 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filed on March 1, 2018).

**10.17						Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed on March 1, 2017).

10.18						Current Premises Election Notice, dated as of April 10, 2018, by and between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2018).


10.19						Letter Agreement effective September 20, 2018 by between Axogen Corporation and SNH Medical Office Properties Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2018).

10.20.1						Office Lease dated September 20, 2018 by and between Axogen, Inc., Axogen Corporation and Heights Union, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2018).

10.20.2						First Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of July 12, 2021, by and among Axogen, Inc., Axogen Corporation, and Heights Union I, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2021).

**10.21						Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of October 29, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2018).

**10.22						Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of October 29, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2018).

10.23						Axogen, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company's Proxy Statement filed on April 7, 2017).

P106

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description

10.25.1						Lease, dated November 19, 2018 by and between SNH Medical Office Properties Trust and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2018).

10.25.2						First Amendment to Lease dated as of November 19, 2018 by and between SNH Medical Office Properties Trust and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2018).

10.25.3						Second Amendment to Lease dated as of January 1, 2023 by and between SNH Medical Office Properties Trust and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25.3 to the Company's Annual Report on the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed on March 14, 2023).

**10.26						Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Inducement Award Agreement to be granted by Axogen, Inc. to Eric Sandberg on January 22, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2019).

**10.27						Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Axogen, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of April 5, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed on February 26, 2019).

10.28						Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Design-Builder, dated as of July 9, 2019, by and between Axogen Corporation and CRB Builders, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2019).

**10.29						Axogen Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan and forms of award notices and agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, filed on November 6, 2019).

***10.30						Nerve End Cap Supply Agreement, dated June 27, 2017, by and between Cook Biotech Incorporated and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 24, 2020).

10.30.1						First Amendment to Nerve End Cap Supply Agreement, dated April 6, 2020, by and between Cook Biotech Incorporated, and AxoGen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25.3 to the Company's Annual Report on the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed on March 14, 2023).

10.30.2						Second Amendment to Nerve End Cap Supply dated August 4, 2023, by and between Cook Biotech Incorporated and Axogen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June, 30, 2023 filed on August 8, 2023 ).

10.31						Term Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, among Axogen, Inc., Axogen Corporation, AxoGen Processing Corporation, TPC Investments II LP and Argo SA LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 1, 2020).

10.31.1						Amendment No. 1 to the Term Loan Agreement, dated June 29, 2023, by and between Axogen, Inc., Axogen Corporation, AxoGen Processing Corporation, TPC Investments II LP, and Argo SA LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current R eport on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2023).

P107

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description

10.32						Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, among Axogen, Inc., Axogen Corporation, AxoGen Processing Corporation, and Argo SA LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 1, 2020).

10.33						Revenue Participation Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, between Axogen, Inc. and Argo SA LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 1, 2020).

10.34						Option Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, between Axogen, Inc. and TPC Investments II LP. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 1, 2020).

**10.35						Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2020, by and between Axogen Corporation and Karen Zaderej (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 29, 2020).

**10.36						Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2020, by and between Axogen Corporation and Peter Mariani (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 29, 2020).

**10.44						Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 2023, by and between Axogen Corporation and Nir Naor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 6, 2023).

10.42.2						First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of August 22, 2022, by and between Axogen Corporation and Ja-Cole, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 25, 2022)

**10.46						Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Notice and Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Agreement under the Axogen, Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 1, 2022).
**10.47						Form of Restricted Stock Units Notice and Restricted Stock Units Agreement under the Axogen, Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 1, 2022)

**10.48						Form of Incentive Stock Options Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Axogen, Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 1, 2022).

**10.49						Form of Premium Incentive Stock Options Notice and Premium Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Axogen, Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 1, 2022).

**10.50						Axogen, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2022).

+10.51						Axoguard HA+ Nerve Protector Supply and Manufacturing Agreement, dated May 2, 2023, by and between Cook Biotech Incorporated and Axogen Corporation

**+10.52						Axogen, Inc. Inducement Equity Incentive Plan.

**+10.53						Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Axogen, Inc. Inducement Equity Incentive Plan.

P108

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description


**†+10.54						Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Notice Under the Axogen Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (TSR).

**†+10.55						Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units Notice Under the Axogen Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Performance Goal).

**+10.56						Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2023, by and between Axogen Corporation and Marc Began.

**+10.57						Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Marc Began.

**+10.58						Amended and Restated Confidentiality, Intellectual Property, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Marc Began.

**+10.59						Employment Agreement, dated February 13, 2023, by and between Axogen Corporation and Jens Kemp.

**+10.60						Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Jens Kemp

**+10.61						Amended and Restated Confidentiality, Intellectual Property, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Jens Kemp.

**+10.62						Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Erick DeVinney.

**+10.63						Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Erick DeVinney.

**+10.64						Amended and Restated Confidentiality, Intellectual Property, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated February 27, 2024, by and between Axogen Corporation and Erick DeVinney.

**10.62						Separation, Waiver and Release of Claims Agreement, dated January 5, 2024, between the Company and Peter Mariani (incorporate d by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on January 5, 2024).

**10.63						Transition and Separation Agreement, dated January 4, 2024, between the Company and Karen Zaderej (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2024).

21.1						Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1						Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.

++24.1						Power of Attorney.

31.1						Certification of Principal Executive Officer.

P109

Table of Content


Exhibit Number						Description


31.2						Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

+++32.1						Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

97						Axogen, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy.

101						Inline XBRL Document Set for the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

+101.INS						XBRL Instance Document – The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

+101.SCH						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

+101.CAL						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

+101.DEF						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

+101.LAB						Inline XBRL Extension Labels Linkbase.

+101.PRE						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104						Inline XBRL for the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, included in the Exhibit 101 Inline XBRL Document Set.

_______________________________


*			Confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended. The confidential portions have been deleted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

**			Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

***			Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+			Filed herewith.

++			Included on signature page.

+++			Furnished herewith.

†			Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K because the information is not material and is the type of information that the Company treats as private or confidential. The Company agrees to furnish an unredacted copy of this exhibit on a supplemental basis to the SEC or its staff upon request.

P110

Table of Content

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

P111

Table of Content

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


			AXOGEN, INC

			/s/ Karen Zaderej
			Karen Zaderej
			Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board
			March 5, 2024

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Karen Zaderej (with full power to act alone), as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Axogen, Inc., and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or their substitute or substitutes, lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Karen Zaderej						March 5, 2024
Karen Zaderej, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Nir Naor						March 5, 2024
Nir Naor, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ William P. Burke						March 5, 2024
William P. Burke Director

/s/ Gregory G. Freitag						March 5, 2024
Gregory G. Freitag Director

/s/ Joseph A. Tyndall						March 5, 2024
Joseph A. Tyndall Director

/s/ John H. Johnson						March 5, 2024
John H. Johnson Director

/s/ Adam M. Levine						March 5, 2024
Alan M. Levine Director

/s/ Guido J. Neels						March 5, 2024
Guido J. Neels Director

Paul G. Thomas						March 5, 2024
Paul G. Thomas Director

/s/ Amy Wendell						March 5, 2024

P112

Table of Content


Amy Wendell Director						March 5, 2024

/s/ Kathy Weiler
Kathy Weiler Director						March 5, 2024

P113